A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group Study of ISB 830 in Adult Subjects With Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis.
Phase: PHASE2
Conditions: Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis
Sponsor: Ichnos Sciences SA

 
 
Clinical Trial Protocol 
 
 
A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group 
Study of GBR 830 in Adult Subjects With Moderate to Severe Atopic 
Dermatitis  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204, Version 10.0, Amendment 9 
Dated: 05-May-2020 
ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT03568162 
EudraCT Number: 2018-000783-29 
Sponsor: Ichnos Sciences SA 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 1 of 103 
1. 
TITLE PAGE 
ISB 830 
GBR 830-204 
A RANDOMIZED, DOUBLE-BLIND, 
PLACEBO-CONTROLLED, PARALLEL-GROUP STUDY 
OF GBR 830 IN ADULT SUBJECTS WITH MODERATE 
TO SEVERE ATOPIC DERMATITIS 
 
Phase of Development 
Phase 2b 
Sponsor 
Ichnos Sciences SA 
 
Protocol Number 
GBR 830-204 
IND Number 
126820 
EudraCT Number   
2018-000783-29 
Approved by 
 
Protocol Version 
Version 10.0, Amendment 9  
Date 
05-May-2020  
Supersedes 
Version 9.0, Amendment 8  
 
This study must be conducted in accordance with International Council for Harmonisation (ICH) 
guidelines on Good Clinical Practice (GCP) and with the applicable regulatory requirements. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 2 of 103 
INVESTIGATOR’S AGREEMENT 
 
I have received and read the Investigational Brochure (IB) for GBR 830/ISB 830.  I have read 
the GBR 830-204 protocol and agree to conduct the study as outlined.  I agree to maintain the 
confidentiality of all information received or developed in connection with this protocol. 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Printed Name of Investigator 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature of Investigator 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 3 of 103 
SPONSOR’S SIGNATURE 
This protocol reflects the Sponsor’s current knowledge of ISB 830 as applicable to this study.  It 
has been designed to achieve the stated objectives while minimizing exposure to, and risk from, 
both the products being used and the assessments.  The assessments are all considered to be 
appropriate, capable of validating the stated objectives of the study, and of providing the 
necessary information to ensure subject safety.  The protocol has been designed according to the 
principles of the ICH guidelines for GCP, and the Declaration of Helsinki.  It has undergone both 
medical and scientific review by the Sponsor.  The Sponsor is responsible to regulatory 
authorities for taking all reasonable steps to ensure the proper conduct of the study as regards 
ethics, protocol compliance, integrity and validity of the data recorded on the electronic case 
report forms (eCRFs).  
• We hereby agree to conduct the study in accordance with this protocol and the 
above-mentioned guidance/ regulation.  
• We agree to comply with all relevant standard operating procedures (SOP) required 
for the conduct of this study.  
• We further agree to ensure that all associates assisting in the conduct of study are 
informed regarding their obligations. 
 
Signed on behalf of the Sponsor, Ichnos Sciences SA:   
Clinical Lead: 
_______________________________ 
___________________ 
 
Date: 
  
 
  
 
 
 
Reviewed and Approved by:  
 
 
_________________________________ 
___________________ 
 
Date: 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 4 of 103 
2. 
SYNOPSIS 
Name of Sponsor/Company: Ichnos Sciences SA  
Name of Study Drug: ISB 830  
Title of Study: A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group Study of GBR 830 in Adult 
Subjects with Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis 
IND no: 126820 
EudraCT no: 2018-000783-29  
Phase of development: 2b 
Indication:   Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis 
Objectives:  
Primary: 
• 
To characterize the efficacy of ISB 830 monotherapy in adults with moderate-to-severe atopic 
dermatitis (AD) compared to placebo as measured by percentage change from baseline in Eczema 
Area and Severity Index (EASI) score at Week 16. 
Secondary: 
• 
To evaluate safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics (PK), and immunogenicity of ISB 830 in adults 
with moderate-to-severe AD.  
• 
To measure the effect of ISB 830 on disease activity in adult subjects with moderate-to-severe AD, 
as measured by validated tools (such as Investigator’s Global Assessment [IGA], EASI response, 
SCORing Atopic Dermatitis [SCORAD]). 
Exploratory: 
• 
To evaluate pharmacodynamics (PD) of ISB 830 in adults with moderate-to-severe AD. 
Study population: 
Adult males and females (≥18 years of age) with moderate-to-severe AD whose disease cannot be adequately 
controlled with topical medications or for whom topical treatment is medically inadvisable (eg, intolerance, other 
important side effects or safety risks in the opinion of the Investigator). 
Moderate-to-severe AD is defined by an IGA score of 3 or higher at screening and baseline, consistent with the 
categories of moderate (IGA=3) and severe (IGA=4); and an EASI score of 12 or higher at screening or 16 or 
higher at baseline. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 5 of 103 
Study design:  
This is a multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study.  The study will be conducted in 4 phases: a 
screening phase, a blinded treatment phase, an open-label treatment phase, and a follow-up phase.  Subjects will 
participate in a 54-week treatment period (including 52 weeks of study drug administration) with 12 weeks 
follow-up at end of the treatment phase from Week 54 to Week 66.  The study will be conducted in 2 Parts, with 
dosing Groups 1-4 comprising Part 1, and dosing Groups 5-6 comprising Part 2.  
The blinded treatment phase consists of a randomized, placebo-controlled treatment with ISB 830 for 16 weeks at 
different dose levels (see below).  The open-label treatment phase consists of a 38-week treatment phase where 
ISB 830 will be administered every other week (q2w) subcutaneously (SC).  The primary endpoint of the study 
will be assessed at the end of the blinded treatment period at Week 16.    
Subject eligibility will be assessed during screening, which will occur within 28 days prior to randomization.  
During the screening period, treatments for AD will be withdrawn or modified for the subject as defined in the 
protocol (Table 5).  Subjects may be re-screened once (within or outside of the screening period) if they fail the 
screening evaluation.  All screening procedures will be repeated during rescreening.  
Subjects who continue to meet eligibility criteria will undergo Day 1/baseline (predose) assessments and will be 
randomized to equal groups of approximately 78 subjects each.    
Subjects will receive SC injections of ISB 830, or corresponding placebo.  A total of 27 doses (ISB 830 or 
placebo) will be administered q2w.  
During the blinded treatment phase each subject will receive a dose on Day 1 and q2w starting from Day 15 
through Week 14, according to the following treatment assignment and table below: 
Study Part 1: 
• 
Group 1: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing 
 volume) on Day 
1, followed by q2w dosing of 
 ISB 830 (1 SC injection containing 
 volume), 
starting at Day 15 (Week 2).  
• 
Group 2: Dose of 
ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing
 volume) on Day 
1, followed by dosing every 4 weeks (q4w) of 
 ISB 830 (1 SC injection containing 
 
 volume) starting at Day 29.  In order to maintain blinding, placebo (1 SC injection of 
) will be 
administered q4w starting at Day 15 (Week 2). 
• 
Group 3: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing 
 volume) on Day 1, 
followed by q4w dosing of 75 mg ISB 830 (1 SC injection containing
 volume) starting 
at Day 29.  In order to maintain blinding, placebo (1 SC injection of 
 will be administered q4w 
starting at Day 15 (Week 2). 
• 
Group 4: Dose of placebo (2 SC injections of 
 volume) on Day 1, followed by q2w dosing with 
placebo (1 SC injection of 
) starting at Day 15 (Week 2).     
Study Part 2: 
• 
Group 5: 
 ISB 830 (4 SC injections each containing 
 volume) on Day 1, 
followed by q2w dosing of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections containing 
 volume), 
starting at Day 15 (Week 2).  
• 
Group 6: Dose of placebo (4 SC injections of 
volume) on Day 1, followed by q2w dosing with 
placebo (2 SC injections of 
 starting at Day 15 (Week 2).    
During the blinded treatment phase all subjects in Groups 1 through 4 will receive a loading dose consisting of 2 
SC injections, followed by 7 maintenance doses consisting of 1 SC injection per dose.  For Groups 5 and 6, all 
subjects will receive a loading dose consisting of 4 SC injections, followed by 7 maintenance doses consisting of 
2 SC injections per dose, as described above and in protocol Section 10.1, Table 6.   
During the open-label treatment phase each subject will receive 19 doses of ISB 830 SC injection 
 
) q2w (consisting of 1 to 2 SC injections per dose, respectively) from Week 16 to Week 52 or until subject 
withdrawal, as described above and in protocol Section 10.1, Table 6.  
All subjects in Groups 1-4 in the open-label treatment phase will receive
 q2w.  All subjects in Groups 5-
6 in the open-label treatment phase will receive 
 q2w. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 6 of 103 
Treatment Groups and Dose Regimens 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 7 of 103 
Safety assessments, clinical laboratory assessments, vital sign assessments, PK sampling, immunogenicity 
sampling, and clinical efficacy assessments (IGA and EASI) will be performed by the blinded Investigator and 
blinded study staff as defined in Table 2 of the protocol (Schedule of Assessments), or until the subject 
discontinues from the study.   
An experimental population PK design will be used for the PK blood sampling.  The subjects in the rich PK 
group will have additional blood sampling between Days 1 to 8 (Week 1), and Days 85 to 92 (Week 12) 
compared to the sparse PK group.  The subjects in the sparse PK group will have widespread sampling with 
fewer time points for each subject (compared to the rich PK group).  Approximately 80 rich PK subjects will be 
randomized (in a 1:1:1:1 ratio) to treatment groups 1-4 and approximately 40 rich PK subjects will be 
randomized (in a 1:1 ratio) to treatment groups 5 and 6.  The remaining subjects in the study will be included in 
the sparse PK group.  Blood samples will be collected from the rich and sparse PK subjects according to the 
respective schedule described in Table 8 of the protocol.   
End-of-treatment (EOT) visits will be conducted on Day 113 (Week 16) for the blinded treatment phase and at 
Day 379 (Week 54) for the open-label treatment phase for all subjects.  Subjects should continue into the follow-
up period and will have a follow-up phone call 4 and 8 weeks after the last EOT visit [Day 407 (Week 58) and 
Day 435 (Week 62) respectively] and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT [Day 463 (Week 66)] visit.     
Subjects who withdraw consent from the blinded treatment phase prior to Week 16 will undergo the blinded 
treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period.   
Subjects who withdraw consent from open-label treatment phase prior to Week 52 will undergo the open-label 
treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period.   
All subjects continuing in the follow-up period will have a follow-up phone call 4 and 8 weeks after the last EOT 
visit and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit as described in the Table 3 follow-up period.  
Subjects will be clinically monitored for safety throughout the study, including anaphylactic reactions and/or 
injection site reactions (ISRs), with monitoring at the study site for 2 hours after the first dose on Day 1 (in the 
blinded treatment phase) and on Day 113 (Week 16) (first dose in open-label treatment phase) and for 1 hour 
after dosing at all other visits.  
To allow subjects access to the open-label treatment phase of the study, subjects who have completed the GBR 
830-204 study prior to implementation of the protocol amendment that includes the open-label phase (eg, 
Protocol Amendment 3 (version 4.0) and/or Amendment 6 (version 7.0)) or who are in the follow-up phase of the 
study at the time of implementation of the open-label protocol amendment, may be eligible to participate in the 
open-label treatment phase of this study.  Subjects who have completed the study prior to implementation of the 
open-label protocol amendment must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2 of the protocol), and if 
eligibility criteria are met (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1and 5), 
will undergo study assessments as per Table 3 of the protocol.  Subjects who are in the follow-up period of GBR 
830-204 at the time the open-label protocol amendment is implemented must complete their follow-up period as 
per protocol, and then must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2 of the protocol), and if eligibility 
criteria are met (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1 and 5), will 
undergo study assessments as per Table 3 of the protocol.  This includes a complete washout of any concomitant 
medications and therapies received (as per Table 5 of the protocol) prior to starting the open-label treatment 
phase of the study.      
Study endpoints: 
Primary Endpoint:  
• 
Percentage change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16.  
Secondary Endpoints:   
Efficacy Endpoints: 
• 
Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) at Week 16. 
• 
Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction from baseline 
of ≥2 points at Week 16. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 8 of 103 
• 
Proportion of subjects with improvement (reduction) of Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale (NRS) ≥4 
from baseline to Week 16. 
• 
Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI 50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) response from 
baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Change in SCORAD from baseline through Week 16.   
• 
Change in the Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Change in Global Individual Signs Score (GISS) (erythema, infiltration/papulation, excoriations, 
lichenification) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Change in Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale (HADS) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Change in Patient Oriented Eczema Measure (POEM) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Disease from baseline through Week 
16. 
• 
Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Treatment from baseline through 
Week 16. 
• 
Assessment of sick leave and/or missed school days through Week 16. 
 Safety Endpoints: 
• 
Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) from baseline through Week 16 and 
Week 54.  
• 
Incidence of skin infection TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline through Week 16 
and Week 54. 
• 
Incidence of conjunctivitis TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline through Week 16 and 
Week 54. 
• 
Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) from baseline through Week 16 and 
Week 54. 
• 
Incidence of TEAEs leading to treatment discontinuation from baseline through Week 16 and Week 
54. 
• 
Overall number of TEAEs and SAEs through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• 
Vital signs, clinical laboratory values, and electrocardiogram (ECG) results monitored from 
baseline through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• 
Formation of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830 to evaluate immunogenicity. 
Pharmacokinetics Endpoints: 
• 
Cmax, tmax, AUCtau, AUC0-t, and other related parameters will be estimated using data from the rich 
PK group from the blinded treatment phase.  Ctrough values will be estimated using data from both 
rich and sparse PK groups from the blinded treatment phase.   
Exploratory Endpoints: 
Samples for exploratory biomarker endpoints will be collected when and where biomarker sample kits are 
available.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 9 of 103 
Exploratory biomarker endpoints are: 
• 
Messenger RNA (mRNA) expression of immune and barrier measures in skin biopsies at baseline, 
end of Week 8, and end of Week 16.     
• 
Biomarker analysis in ISB 830 responder and non-responder populations to evaluate the 
relationship of biomarkers with clinical efficacy measures. 
• 
Assays on plasma, serum, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells (vfPBMCs) and/or cell 
subsets/derivatives. 
Exploratory efficacy endpoints are: 
• 
Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction from baseline 
of ≥2 points through Week 54.  
• 
Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) through Week 54. 
• 
Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) through Week 
54. 
• 
Change in the European Quality of Life Status (EQ-5D) through Week 16.  
• 
Change in Juniper Asthma Control Questionnaire (ACQ-5) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
Change in the Sino-nasal Outcome Test (SNOT-22) from baseline through Week 16. 
• 
To assess qualitative changes in photographs of skin lesions taken at time points specified in the 
Schedule of Assessment. 
Number of subjects (planned):  
For Groups 1 through 4, a sufficient number of subjects will be screened to randomize approximately 312 eligible 
subjects in a 1:1:1:1 ratio.  For Groups 5 and 6, a sufficient number of subjects will be screened to randomize 
approximately 156 eligible subjects in a 1:1 ratio to either ISB 830 or placebo, therefore approximately 468 
subjects are planned to be randomized in this study.  The randomization will be stratified by disease severity 
(moderate or severe, as assessed by IGA), geographic region (North America vs European Union), and subjects 
consenting to rich PK sampling (Yes/No).  The actual number of subjects randomized in Groups 5 and 6 may be 
different than initially planned due to the impact of the SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic (see Section 8.3.4). 
Main criteria for inclusion:  
1. Provided written informed consent and any locally required authorization prior to any protocol-related 
procedures, including screening evaluations.  
2. Willing and able to comply with all aspects of the protocol. 
3. Male or female ≥18 years at the time of screening.  
4. Physician diagnosis of AD for > 1 year; diagnosis of AD as defined by the American Academy of 
Dermatology Consensus Criteria (Eichenfeld et al, 2014). 
5. AD involvement of ≥10% Body surface area (BSA) at screening and baseline. 
6. EASI score of ≥12 at screening or ≥16 at baseline. 
7. IGA score of ≥3 at screening and baseline (on the 0 to 4 IGA scale, in which 3 is moderate and 4 is 
severe). 
8. Baseline Pruritus NRS score for maximum itch intensity ≥3 over the previous 24 hours.  A minimum of 
3 days of diary completion is required in the week prior to randomization. 
9. Documented/reported recent history (within 6 months before the screening visit) of inadequate response 
to treatment with topical medications (topical corticosteroids or crisaborole or topical calcineurin 
inhibitors) or subjects for whom topical treatments are otherwise medically inadvisable (eg, because of 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 10 of 103 
important side effects or safety risks as defined in the protocol).  Documents may include medical 
records, physician to healthcare provider communication (with date and time of communication and 
physician signature), or, pharmacy records (with clearly listed dates of dispensation).  A course of 
marketed systemic immunosuppressants (eg, prednisone, cyclosporine, and methotrexate) for AD in the 
6 months prior to screening assumes failure of topicals and is acceptable in place of topical failure.  
10. Have applied a stable dose of topical emollient (moisturizer) twice-daily for at least 7 consecutive days 
immediately before the baseline visit (with the exception of prohibited moisturizers containing additives 
listed in Exclusion Criteria #5).    
11. Must agree to the following requirements during the study: 
a. 
If female and of childbearing potential, she must have a negative serum pregnancy test result within 
7 days prior to first dosing and a negative urine pregnancy test predose on Day 1.  She must be 
willing to use a highly effective form of contraception (ICH E8 Guideline, 1997; (ICH M3 [R2] 
Guidance, 2009; (FDA M3 [R2] Guidance, 2010) for the duration of the study and for at least 3 
months after the last dose of study medication.  Methods like periodic abstinence, post ovulation 
procedures and withdrawal are not considered adequate.  Each woman will be considered to have 
childbearing potential unless she has been surgically sterilized by hysterectomy or bilateral tubal 
ligation/salpingectomy or has been post-menopausal for at least 2 years.  For postmenopausal 
women only, follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) testing will be performed at screening to confirm 
non-childbearing potential (FSH ≥40 IU/L). 
b. If male with a partner of childbearing potential, he must be willing to use condoms in combination 
with a second effective method of contraception during the study.  Each man will be considered as 
potent unless surgically sterilized (with appropriate post vasectomy documentation of the absence 
of sperm in the ejaculate).  Male subjects must continue to use contraception for 180 days following 
administration of the study drug. 
c. 
Male subjects should agree not to donate sperm during the study and for 180 days following 
administration of the study drug. 
Main criteria for exclusion: 
1. Prior treatment with ISB 830.  
2. Employee of the clinical study site or any other individuals involved with the conduct of the study, or 
immediate family members of such individuals. 
3. Concurrent enrollment in another investigational clinical study. 
4. Treatment with any of the following before baseline: 
a. 
Investigational biological agent within 8 weeks of baseline or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer. 
b. Investigational drugs eg, phosphodiesterase type 4 (PDE4) inhibitors, Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors, 
within 4 weeks of baseline. 
c. 
Phototherapy for AD within 4 weeks of baseline. 
d. Marketed drugs, including systemic corticosteroids, immunosuppressive/immunomodulatory drugs 
including but not limited to cyclosporine, mycophenolate mofetil, interferon-gamma (IFN-γ), PDE4 
inhibitors, JAK inhibitors, azathioprine or methotrexate within 4 weeks of baseline.    
e. 
Topical medications, including corticosteroids, tacrolimus, and/or pimecrolimus, and crisaborole 
within 1 week of baseline.  
f. 
Regular use (>2 visits/week) of a tanning booth/parlor within 4 weeks of baseline. 
g. Biologics, depending on the type of biologic such as cell-depleting agents including but not limited 
to rituximab: within 6 months of baseline, or until lymphocyte and CD19+ lymphocyte count 
returns to normal, whichever is longer.  
h. Biologics including infliximab, adalimumab, golimumab, certolizumab pegol, abatacept, etanercept, 
anakinra, dupilumab: within 12 weeks of baseline, or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer. 
i. 
Other biologics: within 5 half-lives (if known). 
5. 
Initiation of treatment of AD with prescription moisturizers or moisturizers containing additives such as 
ceramide, hyaluronic acid, urea, or filaggrin degradation products during the screening period (subjects 
may continue using stable doses of such moisturizers if initiated before the screening visit). 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 11 of 103 
6. 
Planned or anticipated use of any prohibited medications and procedures during study treatment as 
defined in the study protocol. 
7. 
Subjects who are immunocompromised (congenital or acquired), or who have had a recent (within 3 
months prior to baseline) or current serious systemic infection (including infectious mononucleosis-like 
illness or herpes zoster). 
8. 
Treatment with a live (attenuated) vaccine within 12 weeks before the baseline visit. 
9. 
Subjects who have evidence of active or latent tuberculosis (TB) as documented in their medical history 
or test positive at screening.  For indeterminate cases, an informed decision will be made between the 
Principal Investigator and Medical Monitor.   
10. Active chronic or acute infection requiring treatment with systemic antibiotics, antivirals, antiparasitics, 
antiprotozoals, or antifungals within 2 weeks before the baseline visit, or superficial skin infections 
within 1 week before the baseline visit.  NOTE: subjects may be rescreened after infection resolves. 
11. Presence of skin comorbidities that may interfere with study assessments, in the opinion of the 
Investigator, including subjects with psoriasis.  
12. Poorly controlled asthma as assessed by the Asthma Control Questionnaire [ACQ] based on 
International ERS/ATS guidelines. 
13. Any condition at baseline which is part of the criteria for discontinuation of study drug as defined in the 
study protocol. 
14. Subjects who are known to be seropositive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or who test 
positive at screening. 
15. History of a positive result for Hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), antibody to Hepatitis B core 
antigen (anti-HBcAg), or antibody to Hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV) or presence of these findings at 
screening.   
16. History of alcohol or drug abuse within 2 years of the screening visit.  
17. Subjects with a history of non-malignant lymphoproliferative disorders, or a history of malignancy 
within 5 years before baseline (except completely treated in situ cervical carcinoma or non-metastatic 
squamous or basal cell carcinoma of the skin). 
18. In the opinion of the Investigator, subjects with any other medical or psychological condition as well as 
laboratory values, which are significantly different from normal reference ranges and/or judged to be 
clinically significant; and/or any condition that would interfere with evaluation of the study drug or 
interpretation of subject safety or study results, including conditions that are inadequately understood at 
the time of screening.  
19. Subjects with a history of substance abuse or dependence that in the opinion of the Investigator, is 
considered to interfere with the subject’s participation in the study. 
20. Planned or anticipated major surgical procedure during the subject’s participation in this study. 
21. Women who are pregnant or breast feeding.  
22. Known hypersensitivity to monoclonal antibodies or any of the excipients of the drug product. 
Estimated Duration of subject participation:  
The anticipated maximum total study duration for each subject is approximately 70 weeks.  This duration will 
consist of the screening period of up to 4 weeks, the blinded treatment period of up to 16 weeks (14 weeks of 
treatment, with a loading dose on Day 1 followed by maintenance dosing from Day 15 [Week 2] until the last 
dose at Week 14), the open-label treatment period of up to 38 weeks, and the follow-up period of 12 weeks 
starting at the end of the open-label treatment period.  Subjects who consent to participate in the open-label 
treatment phase of the study after they completed the GBR 830-204 study, and require a modified screening visit, 
would have a study participation duration of up to 86 weeks.  
Duration of treatment:  
There is a 54-week treatment period (consisting of 52 weeks of dosing, including a blinded loading dose on Day 
1 followed by blinded maintenance dose from Week 2 until Week 14, followed by open-label treatment dose 
from Week 16 to Week 52).  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 12 of 103 
Investigational product, dosage and mode of administration:  
Name of Investigational Product: ISB 830  
Dosage Form:
 
Dosage for blinded treatment phase:  See Groups 1, 2, 3, and 5 in the Treatment Groups and Dose Regimens 
table, in the Study Design section above. 
Dosage for open-label treatment phase:  All subjects in Groups 1-4 in the open-label treatment phase will 
receive 
 of ISB 830 q2w.  All subjects in Groups 5-6 in the open-label treatment phase will receive 
 
q2w. 
Mode of Administration: SC injection 
Placebo therapy, dosage and mode of administration:   
Placebo/Control: Placebo for ISB 830  
Dosage Form:
 
Dosage for blinded treatment phase: See Groups 2, 3, 4 and 6 in the Treatment Groups and Dose Regimens 
table, in the Study Design section above. 
Dosage for open-label treatment phase:  Not applicable. 
Mode of Administration: SC injection 
Criteria for evaluation: 
Efficacy Assessments: 
• 
The EASI is a validated measure used in clinical practice and clinical studies to assess the severity 
and extent of AD.  Four AD disease characteristics will be assessed for severity by the investigator 
or designee on a scale of “0” (absent) through “3” (severe).  In addition, the area of AD 
involvement will be assessed as a percentage by body area of head/neck, trunk (including genital 
area), upper limbs, and lower limbs (including buttocks), and converted to a score of 0 to 6 (Hanifin 
et al, 2001).  
• 
The IGA is an assessment scale used in clinical studies to determine severity of AD and clinical 
response to treatment based on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe).   
• 
The SCORAD is a validated tool used in clinical research and clinical practice that was developed 
to standardize the evaluation of the extent and intensity of AD.  The extent of AD is assessed as a 
percentage of each defined body area and reported as the sum of all areas, with a maximum score of 
100% (assigned as “A” in the overall SCORAD calculation).  The intensity of 6 specific symptoms 
of AD is assessed using the following scale: absence (0), mild (1), moderate (2), or severe (3), (for a 
maximum of 18 total points, assigned as “B” in the overall SCORAD calculation).  Subjective 
assessment of pruritus and sleep-loss is recorded for each symptom by the subject or relative on a 
visual analogue scale (VAS), where 0 is no pruritus (or sleep-loss) and 10 is the worst imaginable 
pruritus (or sleep-loss), with a maximum possible score of 20.  This parameter is assigned as “C” in 
the overall SCORAD calculation.  The SCORAD is calculated as: A/5 + 7B/2 + C (Kunz et al, 
1997).  
• 
Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale (NRS): Subjects will respond to the following question, “On a 
scale of 0 – 10, with 0 being no itch and 10 being the worst itch imaginable, how would you rate 
your worst degree of itch during the previous 24 hours?” The Pruritus NRS will be assessed by the 
subject once per day in the morning, ideally at the same time; recorded by the subject after each 
assessment, and reviewed by study staff at each clinic visit.   
• 
DLQI: The DLQI is a subject-administered, 10-question, validated, quality-of-life questionnaire 
that covers 6 domains including symptoms and feelings, daily activities, leisure, work, and school 
and personal relationships and treatment.  Response categories include “a little,” “a lot,” and “very 
much” with corresponding scores of 1, 2, and 3, respectively; “not at all,” “not relevant” responses 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 13 of 103 
are scored as “0.”  Totals range from 0 to 30 (ie, from less to more impairment), and a 5 point 
change from baseline is considered clinically relevant (Finlay and Khan, 1994; Basra et al, 2008).  
• 
GISS: Individual components of the AD lesions (erythema, infiltration/papulation, excoriations, and 
lichenification) will be rated globally (ie, each assessed for the whole body, not by anatomical 
region) on a 4-point scale (from 0=none to 3=severe) using the EASI severity grading criteria. 
• 
Body Surface Area Involvement of Atopic Dermatitis (BSA):  Body surface area affected by AD 
will be assessed for each section of the body (the possible highest score for each region is: head and 
neck [9%], anterior trunk [18%], back [18%], upper limbs [18%], lower limbs [36%], and genitals 
[1%]) and will be reported as a percentage of all major body sections combined.   
• 
HADS: The HADS is an instrument for screening anxiety and depression in non-psychiatric 
populations; repeated administration also provides information about changes to a patient’s 
emotional state (Zigmond and Snaith, 1983; Herrmann, 1997).  The HADS consists of 14 items, 7 
each for anxiety and depression symptoms; possible scores range from 0 to 21 for each subscale.  
The following cut-off scores are recommended for both subscales: 7 to 8 for possible presence, 10 
to 11 for probable presence, and 14 to 15 for severe anxiety or depression. 
• 
POEM: The POEM is a 7-item, validated questionnaire used in clinical practice and clinical trials to 
assess disease symptoms in children and adults (Charman et al, 2004).  The format is a response to 
7 items (dryness, itching, flaking, cracking, sleep loss, bleeding, and weeping) based on frequency 
during the past week (ie, 0 = no days, 1 = 1 to 2 days, 2 = 3 to 4 days, 3 = 5 to 6 days, and 4 = all 
days) with a scoring system of 0 to 28; the total score reflects disease-related morbidity. 
• 
EQ-5D: The EQ-5D is a standardized measure of health status developed by the EuroQOL Group in 
order to provide a simple, generic measure of health for clinical and economic appraisal.  The EQ-
5D consists of 2 parts: the descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue scale (EQVAS).  The EQ-
5D descriptive system comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, self-care, usual activities, 
pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression.  Each dimension has 3 levels of perceived problems: “no 
problem” (level 1), “some problems” (level 2), “extreme problems” (level 3). 
• 
ACQ-5: The ACQ-5 is a 5-question version of the Juniper ACQ and is a validated questionnaire to 
evaluate asthma control.  The questionnaire will be administered only to the subset of subjects with 
a medical history of asthma. 
• 
SNOT-22: The SNOT-22 is a validated questionnaire to assess the impact of chronic rhinosinusitis 
on quality of life.  The questionnaire will be administered only to a subset of subjects (eg, with 
chronic rhinitis/ rhinosinusitis, nasal polyps, allergic rhinitis).   
• 
Patient Global Assessment of Disease: Subjects will rate their overall well-being based on a 5-point 
Likert scale from poor to excellent.  Subjects will be asked: “Considering all the ways in which 
your eczema affects you, indicate how well you are doing.” Response choices are: “Poor”; “Fair”; 
“Good”; “Very Good”; “Excellent.” 
• 
Patient Global Assessment of Treatment:  Subjects will rate their satisfaction with the study 
treatment based on a 5-point Likert scale from poor to excellent.  Subjects will be asked: “How 
would you rate the way your eczema responded to the study medication?”  Response choices are: 
“Poor”; “Fair”; “Good”; “Very Good”; “Excellent.” 
• 
Assessment of Sick Leave and/or Missed School Days: Subjects who are employed or enrolled in 
school will be asked to report the number of sick leave and/or missed school days due to atopic 
dermatitis (eg, vs due to an accident) in the last 4 weeks.  
Pharmacokinetic Assessments:  
Blood samples will be collected from both rich and sparse PK groups at appropriate time points defined in Tables 
2 and 3, and Table 8 in the protocol.   
The serum concentrations of ISB 830 in these samples will be quantified using a validated enzyme-linked 
immunosorbent assay (ELISA) method.  Serum concentration data from both rich PK and sparse PK group from 
the blinded treatment phase will be used to derive PK parameters, as appropriate.     

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 14 of 103 
Immunogenicity Assessments:  
Blood samples will be collected at appropriate time points defined in Tables 2 and 3, and Table 8 in the protocol 
to detect the presence of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830, as per procedures similar to collection of PK 
samples.  The presence or absence of ADA in these samples will be determined using a validated 
Electrochemiluminescence immunoassay (ECLIA) method.  
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Assessments:  
Blood samples, including plasma, serum, whole blood, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
(vfPBMCs) and/or cell subsets will be collected from subjects randomized in the study at appropriate time points 
as defined in Table 2 and Table 8 in the protocol.  Biomarker assessments to be performed on collected samples 
may include but not limited to: 
• 
Leukocyte sub-population cell counts by flow cytometry 
• 
Cytokines  
• 
Biomarker in peripheral blood  
• 
Total immunoglobulin E (IgE) 
• 
Serum soluble OX40 ligand (OX40L) and serum soluble OX40 
• 
Epigenetics  
Exploratory Photographs: 
Subjects, who agree to participate in the main study, also agree to allow photography of their skin (excluding 
pictures of the subject’s face) during study participation at specified time points as per Table 2 and Table 3.  
Photographs of the subject’s skin (with the exception of the face) may also be taken at additional time points, as 
per investigator judgment. 
The photographs may be used to examine disease activity, autoimmunity/inflammation, ISB 830 mechanism of 
action, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on the course of disease.   
Details of photograph collection, processing, shipping and storage will be provided to the study sites in a separate 
manual. 
Optional Genetic Research/Pharmacogenomics Assessments: 
Subjects who provide written consent for Optional Genetic Research agree to provide a blood sample (one 
sample may be collected at any visit during the study) to evaluate genetic sequences that may be involved in 
disease activity, inflammation, study drug mechanism of action, PK/metabolism, and/or the effect of the study 
drug(s) on the course of disease.  Subjects may decline this optional research without effect on their participation 
in the main study. 
Safety Assessments: 
Safety and tolerability of ISB 830 will be assessed based on adverse events (AEs), including anaphylactic events 
and ISRs; SAEs; vital signs; physical examinations; ECGs; and clinical laboratory parameters.  
Subjects will be clinically monitored for safety throughout the study, including anaphylactic reactions and/or 
ISRs, with special monitoring at the study site for 2 hours after the first dose on Day 1 (in the blinded treatment 
phase) and on Day 113 (Week 16) (first dose in open-label treatment phase) and for 1 hour after dosing at all 
other visits.  
Guidance will be given to the investigator for the criteria to be used to assess anaphylaxis (Sampson et al, 2006).  
Injection site reactions will be assessed according to the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
(CTCAE) v4.03 that was published 14-Jun-2010 by the US Department of Health and Human Services (National 
Institutes of Health [NIH] and National Cancer Institute [NCI]).   
Pandemic Related Safety Assessments: 
To ensure the ongoing safety of subjects during the pandemic, study subjects who miss or are unable to attend 
scheduled clinic visits will be contacted by the site via a safety phone call that includes the collection of 
AEs/SAEs and concomitant medications.  This phone call is to be performed for every missed visit that occurs 
during the pandemic.  If the subject meets other criteria, eg, for withdrawal/discontinuation of the study drug, the 
site is to follow the protocol in regard to those criteria.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 15 of 103 
STATISTICAL METHODS: 
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the study, the primary endpoint will be analyzed using a mixed-effect model for 
repeated measures (MMRM).  The model will adjust for study treatment, baseline, randomization stratification 
factors, visit as well as baseline-by-visit and treatment-by-visit interactions. 
The continuous secondary endpoints will be analyzed using the MMRM model as performed for the primary 
endpoint. 
The Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test adjusted by randomization strata (region, disease severity) will be used to 
analyze the categorical secondary endpoints. 
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 
 will be compared to the 
corresponding placebo arm (Group 6) using the same statistical method used in the analysis of the first part of the 
study.  
To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the analyses on primary endpoint and secondary 
endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) will also be conducted excluding subjects who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or 
more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to 
the pandemic. 
Parts 1 and 2 are two independent parts of the study protocol and will therefore be analyzed separately.  That is, 
upon completion of the double-blind period of Part 1, the database will be partially locked.  The data will be 
analyzed and the topline results (TLR) determined.  Similar activities will take place upon the completion of the 
double-blind period of Part 2. 
The efficacy results from these 2 parts of the study will be kept separate.  However, the safety results will be 
presented side by side.  
Details of efficacy, safety and PK analyses will be specified in the Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) and included 
in the Clinical Study Report (CSR).  Population pharmacokinetic and exposure-response modeling will be 
described in a Modeling Plan and data will be published in a separate report.  
Biomarker analyses will not be part of the CSR and will be described separately. 
Study Populations: 
Full Analysis Set:  
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) consists of all subjects who are randomized and received at least 1 dose of study 
medication.  Based on the intent-to-treat principle, subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment group 
assigned.  
Per Protocol Set:   
The Per Protocol Set (PPS) consists of all FAS subjects who have no major protocol deviations of eligibility or 
on-treatment study conduct. 
Safety Analysis Set:  
The Safety Analysis Set (SAS) consists of all subjects who were randomized and took at least 1 dose of study 
medication.  Subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment they received. 
Pharmacokinetic  Analysis Set:  
The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset of the SAS population who received ISB 830 
and for whom sufficient serum concentration data are available to facilitate derivation of PK parameters, do not 
have any major protocol deviation, and for whom the time of dosing and the time of sampling are known.  
Additional subjects may be excluded from the PKAS at the discretion of the pharmacokineticist.  Any formal 
definitions for exclusion of subjects or time points from the PKAS will be documented in the SAP.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 16 of 103 
Determination of Sample Size: 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
Efficacy Analyses: 
The primary efficacy analysis will be the percentage change from baseline in EASI score, and the secondary 
efficacy analysis will be the IGA and EASI 75 (subjects achieving 75% reduction from baseline in EASI score).  
The IGA is an assessment instrument used in clinical studies to rate the severity of AD globally, based on a 5-
point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe).  The EASI and IGA scores will be assessed at time points 
described in the Schedule of Assessments.  
To test the robustness of the MMRM for the primary endpoint, sensitivity analyses using the tipping point 
approach will be conducted.  In addition, the primary endpoint will be analyzed using the complete dataset 
(subjects who complete the week 16 and had EASI measurements). 
Detailed statistical methods, including methods for the multiplicity adjustment, the handling of missing data for 
the analysis of the primary as well as secondary and exploratory endpoints and the exploratory analyses on 
biomarkers will be described in the SAP and the Biomarker Analyses Plan. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses: 
The PKAS will be used for the PK analyses.  Pharmacokinetic parameters (Cmax, tmax, AUC0-tau, AUC0-t, and other 
related parameters) will be estimated using data from the rich PK group from the blinded treatment phase.  
Estimates of Ctrough will be derived using the data from both rich PK group and sparse PK group from the blinded 
treatment phase.  The PK parameters will be summarized in tabular and graphic form.  Details of the PK analysis 
will be specified in the SAP. 
The serum concentration data from both rich and sparse PK group may be used for the population PK analysis 
and will be reported separately. 
Immunogenicity Analyses: 
The number and percent incidence of positive and negative ADA status of subjects by treatment, and time points 
will be provided.  Titers and neutralizing potential of confirmed positive samples will be reported.  Details will 
be provided in the SAP. 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Analyses: 
Summary statistics will be provided for PD biomarkers.   
Biomarker analyses will not be part of the CSR and will be described separately.  
Safety Analyses: 
Adverse events will be summarized by system organ class and preferred term.  Subjects will be counted only 
once for each preferred term, system organ class, and by the highest severity of an event.  Laboratory evaluations 
will be summarized with descriptive statistics at each visit, and change from baseline summarized for each post-
baseline visit.  Laboratory measurements will also be summarized based on the number and percentage of 
subjects above or below a pre-specified threshold for each test.  AEs will be coded using MedDRA.  Details will 
be presented in the GBR 830-204 SAP. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 17 of 103 
Data Safety Monitoring Board: 
This study will institute a data safety monitoring board (DSMB) which will function independently of all other 
individuals associated with the conduct of this clinical study, including the site investigators participating in the 
study.  The DSMB will be constituted prior to the randomization of the first subject.  The DSMB will monitor 
subject safety by formally reviewing accumulated safety data by treatment group three times during the study.  
This includes but does not limit the role of the DSMB to evaluate these data and to provide recommendations to 
the sponsor to continue or modify the follow-up phase of the study as outlined in the DSMB charter.  
It is expected that the DSMB will consist at a minimum of 2 physicians with appropriate disease area 
qualifications and 1 statistician.  There will be a meeting with the DSMB describing their roles and 
responsibilities and discussing potential data format and process issues prior to the finalization of DSMB charter. 
Interim analyses:  
No interim analyses are planned.   
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 18 of 103 
3. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS, LIST OF TABLES, AND LIST OF 
FIGURES  
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
1. 
TITLE PAGE ................................................................................................................1 
2. 
SYNOPSIS ...................................................................................................................4 
3. 
TABLE OF CONTENTS, LIST OF TABLES, AND LIST OF FIGURES ...............18 
4. 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS.............................24 
5. 
INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................27 
5.1. 
Background Information .............................................................................................27 
5.2. 
Description of Study Drug ..........................................................................................27 
5.3. 
Nonclinical Experience ...............................................................................................28 
5.4. 
Clinical Experience .....................................................................................................29 
5.5. 
Benefit-Risk Assessment ............................................................................................31 
6. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE ..................................................................31 
6.1. 
Primary Objectives .....................................................................................................31 
6.2. 
Secondary Objectives .................................................................................................31 
6.3. 
Exploratory Objective .................................................................................................31 
7. 
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN .....................................................................................31 
7.1. 
Overall Study Design ..................................................................................................31 
7.1.1. 
Study Rationale ...........................................................................................................43 
7.1.2. 
Dosing Rationale ........................................................................................................43 
7.1.3. 
Estimated Duration of Subject Participation ..............................................................45 
7.1.4. 
Number of Subjects (Planned) ....................................................................................45 
7.2. 
Treatment Assignment ................................................................................................46 
7.3. 
Dose Adjustment Criteria ...........................................................................................47 
7.4. 
Criteria for Study Termination ...................................................................................47 
7.5. 
End of the Study .........................................................................................................47 
8. 
SELECTION AND WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS ..............................................47 
8.1. 
Subject Inclusion Criteria ...........................................................................................47 
8.2. 
Subject Exclusion Criteria ..........................................................................................48 
8.3. 
Subject Withdrawal Criteria .......................................................................................50 
8.3.1. 
Temporary Discontinuation of Study Drug ................................................................51 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 19 of 103 
8.3.2. 
Lost to Follow-up .......................................................................................................52 
8.3.3. 
Permanent Discontinuation of Study Drug .................................................................52 
8.3.4. 
Enrollment of Additional Subjects .............................................................................52 
9. 
TREATMENT OF SUBJECTS ..................................................................................53 
9.1. 
Description of Study Drug ..........................................................................................53 
9.2. 
Concomitant Medications and Therapy ......................................................................54 
9.2.1. 
Prior Medications ........................................................................................................54 
9.2.2. 
Permitted Concomitant Medications and Therapies ...................................................55 
9.2.3. 
Prohibited Concomitant Medications and Therapies ..................................................55 
9.2.4. 
Lifestyle and/or Dietary Restrictions ..........................................................................56 
9.3. 
Treatment Compliance ................................................................................................56 
9.4. 
Randomization and Blinding ......................................................................................56 
9.4.1. 
Blinding and Unblinding Procedures ..........................................................................56 
9.4.2. 
Unblinding in the Event of a Medical Emergency .....................................................57 
9.5. 
Subject Completion ....................................................................................................57 
10. 
STUDY DRUG MATERIALS AND MANAGEMENT ...........................................58 
10.1. 
Study Drug ..................................................................................................................58 
10.1.1. 
Investigational Product ...............................................................................................60 
10.1.2. 
Placebo ........................................................................................................................60 
10.2. 
Study Drug Packaging and Labeling ..........................................................................60 
10.3. 
Study Drug Storage .....................................................................................................60 
10.4. 
Study Drug Preparation ..............................................................................................60 
10.5. 
Administration ............................................................................................................60 
10.6. 
Study Drug Accountability .........................................................................................61 
10.7. 
Study Drug Handling and Disposal ............................................................................61 
11. 
ASSESSMENT OF EFFICACY ................................................................................61 
11.1. 
Eczema Area and Severity Index ................................................................................61 
11.2. 
Investigator’s Global Assessment ...............................................................................62 
11.3. 
SCORing Atopic Dermatitis Assessment ...................................................................62 
11.4. 
Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale ................................................................................62 
11.5. 
Dermatology Life Quality Index ................................................................................63 
11.6. 
Global Individual Signs Score ....................................................................................63 
11.7. 
Body Surface Area Involvement of Atopic Dermatitis ..............................................63 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 20 of 103 
11.8. 
Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale ............................................................................63 
11.9. 
Patient-Oriented Eczema Measure .............................................................................63 
11.10. 
EuroQol-5D ................................................................................................................64 
11.11. 
Asthma Control Questionnaire-5 ................................................................................64 
11.12. 
Sino-nasal Outcome Test ............................................................................................64 
11.13. 
Patient Global Assessment of Disease ........................................................................64 
11.14. 
Patient Global Assessment of Treatment ....................................................................64 
11.15. 
Assessment of Sick Leave and/or Missed School Days .............................................64 
12. 
PHARMACOKINETIC, IMMUNOGENICITY AND 
PHARMACODYNAMIC (BIOMARKER), AND ASSESSMENTS .......................65 
12.1. 
Pharmacokinetic, Immunogenicity, and Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) 
Blood Sampling Time Points and Allowed Windows ................................................65 
12.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments ....................................................................................67 
12.3. 
Immunogenicity Assessments ....................................................................................68 
12.4. 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Assessments ............................................................68 
12.4.1. 
Leukocyte Sub-population Cell Counts by Flow Cytometry .....................................69 
12.4.2. 
Biomarkers in Peripheral Blood ..................................................................................69 
12.4.3. 
Total Immunoglobulin E .............................................................................................69 
12.4.4. 
Serum Soluble OX40 Ligand and Serum Soluble OX40 ...........................................69 
12.4.5. 
Exploratory Photographs ............................................................................................69 
12.4.6. 
Optional Genetic Research/Pharmacogenomics Assessments ...................................69 
13. 
ASSESSMENT OF SAFETY .....................................................................................70 
13.1. 
Safety Parameters .......................................................................................................70 
13.1.1. 
Demographic/Medical History ...................................................................................70 
13.1.2. 
Vital Signs ..................................................................................................................70 
13.1.3. 
Weight and Height ......................................................................................................70 
13.1.4. 
Physical Examination .................................................................................................71 
13.1.5. 
Electrocardiogram .......................................................................................................71 
13.1.6. 
Laboratory Assessments .............................................................................................72 
13.1.6.1. 
Virus Serology ............................................................................................................72 
13.1.6.2. 
Pregnancy Testing ......................................................................................................72 
13.1.6.3. 
Confirmation of Medical Care by Another Physician ................................................72 
13.1.7. 
Estimate of Volume of Blood to be Collected ............................................................73 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 21 of 103 
13.2. 
Adverse and Serious Adverse Events .........................................................................73 
13.2.1. 
Definition of Adverse Events .....................................................................................73 
13.2.1.1. 
Adverse Event .............................................................................................................73 
13.2.1.2. 
Assessment of Severity of Adverse Events ................................................................74 
13.2.1.3. 
Serious Adverse Events ..............................................................................................74 
13.2.1.4. 
Clinical Criteria for Diagnosing Anaphylaxis ............................................................76 
13.3. 
Relationship to Study Drug ........................................................................................76 
13.4. 
Recording Adverse Events .........................................................................................77 
13.4.1. 
Collection of Adverse Events .....................................................................................77 
13.4.2. 
Recording of Adverse Events .....................................................................................77 
13.5. 
Reporting Adverse Events ..........................................................................................78 
13.5.1. 
Pregnancy ...................................................................................................................78 
14. 
TIMING OF STUDY ASSESSMENTS .....................................................................79 
14.1. 
Screening Period (Day -28 to Day -1) ........................................................................79 
14.2. 
Treatment Period ........................................................................................................80 
14.2.1. 
Blinded Treatment Phase ............................................................................................80 
14.2.2. 
Start of Open-label Treatment Phase: Day 113 ..........................................................80 
14.2.3. 
Open-label Treatment Phase/Long-term Assessments ...............................................81 
14.3. 
Follow-up Period: Week 58, Week 62 and Week 66 .................................................81 
15. 
STATISTICS ..............................................................................................................81 
15.1. 
Sample Size ................................................................................................................82 
15.2. 
Analysis Sets ...............................................................................................................82 
15.2.1. 
Full Analysis Set .........................................................................................................82 
15.2.2. 
Per Protocol Set ..........................................................................................................82 
15.2.3. 
Safety Analysis Set .....................................................................................................82 
15.2.4. 
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set ....................................................................................82 
15.3. 
Endpoints ....................................................................................................................82 
15.3.1. 
Primary Endpoint ........................................................................................................82 
15.3.2. 
Secondary Endpoint(s) ................................................................................................83 
15.3.3. 
Exploratory Endpoints ................................................................................................84 
15.4. 
Subject Disposition .....................................................................................................84 
15.5. 
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics ......................................................85 
15.6. 
Efficacy Analyses .......................................................................................................85 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 22 of 103 
15.7. 
Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker), and Immunogenicity 
Analyses ......................................................................................................................86 
15.7.1. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses ..........................................................................................86 
15.7.2. 
Immunogenicity Analyses ..........................................................................................86 
15.7.3. 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Analyses ..................................................................86 
15.8. 
Safety Analyses ..........................................................................................................86 
15.8.1. 
Extent of Exposure .....................................................................................................87 
15.8.2. 
Adverse Events ...........................................................................................................87 
15.8.3. 
Laboratory Values ......................................................................................................87 
15.8.4. 
Vital Signs ..................................................................................................................87 
15.8.5. 
Electrocardiograms .....................................................................................................87 
15.8.6. 
Physical Examination .................................................................................................87 
15.9. 
Interim Analysis ..........................................................................................................87 
15.10. 
Data Safety Monitoring Board ....................................................................................88 
16. 
DIRECT ACCESS TO SOURCE DATA/DOCUMENTS.........................................88 
16.1. 
Study Monitoring ........................................................................................................88 
16.2. 
Audits and Inspections ................................................................................................89 
16.2.1. 
Inspection ....................................................................................................................89 
16.2.2. 
Audit ...........................................................................................................................89 
16.3. 
Institutional Review Board/Independent Ethics Committee ......................................89 
17. 
QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE .........................................89 
18. 
ETHICS ......................................................................................................................89 
18.1. 
Ethics Review .............................................................................................................89 
18.2. 
Ethical Conduct of the Study ......................................................................................90 
18.3. 
Written Informed Consent ..........................................................................................90 
19. 
DATA HANDLING AND RECORD KEEPING ......................................................90 
19.1. 
Data Collection ...........................................................................................................90 
19.2. 
Inspection of Records .................................................................................................91 
19.3. 
Retention of Records ..................................................................................................91 
19.4. 
Financing and Insurance .............................................................................................91 
20. 
PUBLICATION POLICY ..........................................................................................91 
21. 
LIST OF REFERENCES ............................................................................................92 
APPENDIX 1. CLINICAL LABORATORY TESTS ................................................................94 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 23 of 103 
APPENDIX 2. LIST OF CONTACT DETAILS ........................................................................95 
APPENDIX 3. SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN CURRENT PROTOCOL 
AMENDMENT ..........................................................................................................96 
 
LIST OF TABLES 
Table 1: 
Abbreviations and Specialist Terms ...........................................................................24 
Table 2: 
Schedule of Assessments – Blinded Treatment Phase ...............................................36 
Table 3: 
Schedule of Assessments – Open-label Treatment Phase ..........................................41 
Table 4: 
Study Drugs ................................................................................................................53 
Table 5: 
Excluded Concomitant Medications and Therapies ...................................................55 
Table 6: 
Treatment Groups and Dose Regimens ......................................................................59 
Table 7: 
Investigator’s Global Assessment Scores and Definitions .........................................62 
Table 8: 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker), Pharmacokinetic, and Immunogenicity 
Blood Sampling Time Points ......................................................................................66 
Table 9: 
Classification of Severity of Adverse Events (CTCAE v4.03) ..................................74 
Table 10: Clinical Criteria for Diagnosing Anaphylaxis ............................................................76 
Table 11: Clinical Laboratory Tests ...........................................................................................94 
 
LIST OF FIGURES 
Figure 1: 
Study Design ...............................................................................................................35 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 24 of 103 
4. 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS 
The following abbreviations and specialist terms are used in this study protocol. 
Table 1: 
Abbreviations and Specialist Terms  
Abbreviation or Specialist 
Term 
Explanation 
ACQ-5 
Asthma Control Questionnaire-5 
AD 
Atopic dermatitis 
ADA 
Anti-drug antibody (ies)  
AE 
Adverse event 
ALT 
Alanine aminotransferase 
anti-HCV 
Antibody to hepatitis C virus 
AUC 
Area under the curve 
AUC0-∞  
Area under the curve from time 0 to infinity 
AUC0-t 
Area under the curve from time 0 to the last measurable 
concentration  
AUC0-tau 
Area under the curve over dosing interval  
BMI 
Body mass index 
BSA 
Body surface area 
Cmax 
Maximum observed plasma concentration 
CRO 
Contract Research Organization 
CSR 
Clinical Study Report 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
Ctrough 
Serum concentration at end of dosing interval 
DLQI 
Dermatology Life Quality Index 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board  
EASI 
Eczema Area and Severity Index 
ECG 
Electrocardiogram 
eCRF 
Electronic case report form  
ECLIA 
Electrochemiluminescence immunoassay  
ELISA 
Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay 
EQ-5D 
EuroQol-5D 
FSH 
Follicle Stimulating Hormone  
GCP 
Good Clinical Practice 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 25 of 103 
Abbreviation or Specialist 
Term 
Explanation 
GISS 
Global Individual Signs Score   
GvHD 
Graft versus host disease 
HADS 
Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale   
HBcAg 
Hepatitis B core antigen 
HBsAg 
Hepatitis B surface antigen 
HIV 
Human immunodeficiency virus 
IB 
Investigational Brochure 
ICF 
Informed consent form 
ICH 
International Council on Harmonisation  
IEC 
Independent Ethics Committee 
Ig 
Immunoglobulin 
IGA 
Investigator’s Global Assessment 
IgG1 
Immunoglobulin G1 
IgE 
Immunoglobulin E 
IP 
Investigational product 
IRB 
Institutional Review Board 
ISRs 
Injection Site Reactions  
IV 
Intravenous(ly) 
IVRS 
Interactive Voice Response System 
IWRS 
Interactive Web Response System 
JAK 
Janus kinase 
LAR 
Legally acceptable representative 
LLN 
Lower limit of normal 
MMRM 
Mixed-effect Model for Repeated Measures 
NRS 
Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale 
NOAEL 
No observed adverse effect level 
OX40 
OX40 receptor (CD134) 
OX40L 
OX40 ligand (CD252) 
PDE4 
Phosphodiesterase type 4 
PG 
pharmacogenetic 
PI 
Principal Investigator 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 26 of 103 
Abbreviation or Specialist 
Term 
Explanation 
PK  
Pharmacokinetics(s) 
PKAS 
Pharmacokinetic analysis set 
POEM 
Patient-Oriented Eczema Measure 
q2w 
Every two weeks 
q4w 
Every four weeks 
QTc 
Corrected QT 
SAE 
Serious adverse event 
SAS 
Safety analysis set 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SAS® 
Statistical Analysis System 
SC 
Subcutaneous(ly) 
SCORAD 
SCORing Atopic Dermatitis 
SD 
Standard deviation 
SNOT-22 
Sino-nasal Outcome Test   
SoA 
Schedule of Assessments 
t½  
Elimination half-life 
TEAE 
Treatment-emergent adverse event 
tmax  
Time at which Cmax is observed 
ULN  
Upper limit of normal 
USA 
United States of America 
vfPBMC 
viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
WOCBP 
Women of childbearing potential 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 27 of 103 
5. 
INTRODUCTION 
5.1. 
Background Information 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
5.2. 
Description of Study Drug  
 
 
 
 
 
. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 28 of 103 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
5.3. 
Nonclinical Experience 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 29 of 103 
 
 
    
 
5.4. 
Clinical Experience 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 30 of 103 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 31 of 103 
 
  
 
 
5.5. 
Benefit-Risk Assessment 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE 
6.1. 
Primary Objectives 
• To characterize the efficacy of ISB 830 monotherapy in adults with 
moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis (AD) compared to placebo as measured by 
percentage change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16.  
6.2. 
Secondary Objectives 
• To evaluate safety, tolerability, PK and immunogenicity of ISB 830 in adults with 
moderate-to-severe AD.  
• To measure the effect of ISB 830 on disease activity in adult subjects with moderate-
to-severe AD, as measured by validated tools (such as IGA, EASI response, 
SCORAD).   
6.3. 
Exploratory Objective 
To evaluate pharmacodynamics (PD) of ISB 830 in adults with moderate-to-severe AD. 
7. 
INVESTIGATIONAL PLAN 
7.1. 
Overall Study Design 
This is a multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study.  The study will be conducted in 4 
phases: a screening phase, a blinded treatment phase, an open-label treatment phase, and a 
follow-up phase.  Subjects will participate in a 54-week treatment period (including 52 weeks of 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 32 of 103 
study drug administration) with 12 weeks follow-up from the EOT visit (Week 54 to Week 66).  
The study will be conducted in 2 Parts, with dosing Groups 1-4 comprising Part 1, and dosing 
Groups 5-6 comprising Part 2. 
The blinded treatment phase consists of a randomized, placebo controlled treatment with 
ISB 830 for 16 weeks at different dose levels (see below).  The open-label treatment phase 
consists of a 38-week treatment phase where ISB 830 will be administered every other week 
(q2w) subcutaneously (SC).  The primary endpoint of the study is assessed at the end of the 
blinded treatment period at Week 16.  
Subject eligibility will be assessed during screening, which will occur within 28 days prior to 
randomization.  During the screening period, treatments for AD will be withdrawn or modified 
for the subject as defined in Table 5.  Subjects may be re-screened once (within or outside of the 
screening period) if they fail the screening evaluation.  All screening procedures will be repeated 
during rescreening.   
Subjects who continue to meet eligibility criteria will undergo Day 1/baseline (predose) 
assessments and will be randomized to equal groups of approximately 78 subjects each.   
Subjects will receive subcutaneous (SC) injections of ISB 830, or corresponding placebo.  A 
total of 27 doses (ISB 830 or placebo) will be administered q2w.  
During the blinded treatment phase each subject will receive a dose on Day 1 and q2w starting 
from Day 15 through Week 14, according to the following treatment assignment below: 
Study Part 1: 
• Group 1: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing 
 
volume) on Day 1, followed by q2w dosing of 
 ISB 830 (1 SC injection 
containing
 volume), starting at Day 15 (Week 2).  
• Group 2: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing 
 
volume) on Day 1, followed by dosing every 4 weeks (q4w) of 
 ISB 830 (1 
SC injection containing 
 volume) starting at Day 29.  In order to 
maintain blinding, placebo (1 SC injection of 
) will be administered q4w starting 
at Day 15 (Week 2). 
• Group 3: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections each containing 
 
volume) on Day 1, followed by q4w dosing of
 ISB 830 (1 SC injection 
containing 
 volume) starting at Day 29.  In order to maintain 
blinding, placebo (1 SC injection of 
) will be administered q4w starting at Day 
15 (Week 2). 
• Group 4: Dose of placebo (2 SC injections of 
 volume) on Day 1, followed by 
q2w dosing with placebo (1 SC injection of 
) starting at Day 15 (Week 2).   
Study Part 2: 
• Group 5: Dose of 
 ISB 830 (4 SC injections each containing 
 
 volume) on Day 1, followed by q2w dosing of 
 ISB 830 (2 SC injections 
containing 
 volume), starting at Day 15 (Week 2).  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 33 of 103 
• Group 6: Dose of placebo (4 SC injections of 
 volume) on Day 1, followed by 
q2w dosing with placebo (2 SC injections of 
 starting at Day 15 (Week 2).       
During the blinded treatment phase all subjects in Groups 1 through 4 will receive a loading dose 
consisting of 2 SC injections, followed by 7 maintenance doses consisting of 1 SC injection per 
dose.  For Groups 5 and 6, all subjects will receive a loading dose consisting of 4 SC injections, 
followed by 7 maintenance doses consisting of 2 SC injection per dose, as described above and 
in Section 10.1, Table 6.   
During the open-label treatment phase each subject will receive a dose of ISB 830 SC injection 
) q2w (consisting of 1 to 2 SC injection per dose, respectively) from Week 16 
to Week 52 or until subject withdrawal, as described above and in Section 10.1, Table 6.  
All subjects in Groups 1-4 in the open-label treatment phase will receive 
 q2w.  All 
subjects in Groups 5-6 in the open-label treatment phase will receive 
 q2w. 
Safety assessments, clinical laboratory assessments, vital sign assessments, PK sampling, 
immunogenicity sampling, and clinical efficacy assessments (IGA and EASI) will be performed 
by the blinded Investigator and blinded study staff as defined in Table 2 of the protocol 
(Schedule of Assessments), or until the subject discontinues from the study.  Study assessments 
will be performed at baseline (Day 1) and every week until Week 16.  An experimental 
population PK design will be used for the PK blood sampling.  The subjects in the rich PK group 
will have additional blood sampling between Days 1 to 8 (Week 1), and Days 85 to 92 (Week 
12), compared to the sparse PK group.  The subjects in the sparse PK group will have 
widespread sampling with fewer time points for each subject, compared to the rich PK subjects.  
Approximately 80 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 1:1:1:1 ratio) for Groups 1-4, and 
approximately 40 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 1:1 ratio) to Groups 5 and 6.  The 
remaining subjects in the study will be included in the sparse PK group.  Blood samples will be 
collected from the rich and sparse PK subjects according to the respective schedule described in 
Table 8 of the protocol.   
End-of-treatment visits will be conducted on Day 113 (Week 16) for the blinded treatment phase 
and at Day 379 (Week 54) for the open-label treatment phase for all subjects.  After the EOT 
visit, subjects should continue into the follow-up period and will have a follow-up phone call 4 
weeks and 8 weeks after the EOT visit and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit.  
Subjects who withdraw consent from the blinded treatment phase prior to Week 16 and are not 
continuing with treatment and/or entering the open-label treatment phase of the study will 
undergo the blinded treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period for the 
GBR 830-204 study.   
Subjects who withdraw consent from open-label treatment phase prior to Week 52 will undergo 
the open-label treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period for the GBR 
830-204 study.   
All subjects continuing in the follow-up period will have a follow-up phone call 4 and 8 weeks 
after the EOT visit and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit as described in the 
Table 3 follow-up period.  
Subjects will be clinically monitored for safety throughout the study, including anaphylactic 
reactions and/or injection site reactions (ISRs), with monitoring at the study site for 2 hours after 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 34 of 103 
the first dose on Day 1 (in the blinded treatment phase) and on Day 113 (Week 16) (first dose in 
open-label treatment phase) and for 1 hour after dosing at all other visits.     
Subjects who receive concomitant therapy with a prohibited medication during the study may 
have ISB 830 administration temporarily stopped for the duration of the prohibited treatment, 
including a washout period after last dose of prohibited medication of 4 weeks or 5 half-lives, 
whichever is longer.  Administration of ISB 830 may then be resumed after the appropriate 
washout period and following discussion and upon obtaining written approval from the 
Sponsor’s medical monitor.  
To allow subjects access to the open-label treatment phase of the study, subjects who have 
completed the GBR 830-204 study prior to implementation of the amendment that includes the 
open label phase (eg, Protocol Amendment 3 (version 4.0) and/or Amendment 6 (version 7.0)) or 
who are in the follow-up phase of the study at the time of implementation of the open-label 
protocol amendment, may be eligible to participate in the open-label treatment phase of this 
study.  Subjects who have completed the study prior to implementation of the open-label 
amendment must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2).  
If eligibility criteria are met (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and 
exclusion criteria 1 and 5), subjects will undergo study assessments as per Table 3.    
Subjects who are in the follow-up period of GBR 830-204 at the time the open-label protocol 
amendment is implemented must complete their follow-up period and then must undergo a 
modified Screening visit (as per Table 2).  This includes a complete washout of any concomitant 
medications and therapies received (as per Table 5) prior to starting the open-label treatment 
phase of the study.  
This includes a complete washout of any concomitant medications and therapies received (as per 
Table 5) prior to starting the open-label treatment phase of the study. 
See Figure 1 for a schematic diagram of the study design and Table 2 and Table 3 for the 
Schedule of Assessments.  The endpoints to be measured in this study are described in 
Section 15.3. 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 35 of 103 
Figure 1: 
Study Design  
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 36 of 103 
Table 2: Schedule of Assessments – Blinded Treatment Phase  
Visit 
 
SCR 
Treatment Period (Day 1 – Week 16) 
Day  
-28 to 
-1 
1 
2 
 
 
5 
6 
8 
15±1 
29±1 
43±1 
57±1 
71±1 
85 
86 
 
 
89 
90 
92 
99±1 
113 ±11 
End of Blinded Treatment 
Phase/Early Discontinuation 
(EOT)  
End of Week 
 
0 
 
1 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
 
 
 
 
14 
16 
Written informed 
consent2 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inclusion and 
exclusion criteria 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Medical and 
surgical history3 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demographics 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Prior and 
concomitant 
medications4 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
Height and weight22 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vital signs 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
Physical 
examination5 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x  
x 
12-Lead ECG6 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
TB testing 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Clinical Laboratory 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
Pregnancy test8 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
Serology testing9 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Immunogenicity 
blood samples10 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
Blood samples for 
biomarkers (serum 
and/or plasma)11 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 37 of 103 
Table 2: 
Schedule of Assessments – Blinded Treatment Phase (Continued) 
Visit 
 
SCR 
Treatment Period (Day 1 – Week 16) 
Day  
-28 to 
-1 
1 
2 
 
 
5 
6 
8 
15±1 
29±1 
43±1 
57±1 
71±1 
85 
86 
 
 
89 
90 
92 
99±1 
113 ±11 
End of Blinded Treatment 
Phase/Early Discontinuation 
(EOT)  
End of Week 
 
0 
 
1 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
 
 
 
 
14 
16 
Blood samples for 
vfPBMC and/or cell 
subsets 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
Optional PG  
(pharmacogenetic) 
testing  and 
collection of the 
whole  blood 
(DNA) sample 
x7 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Rich PK group 
blood samples13 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
Sparse PK group 
blood samples14 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
Required AD 
photography12 
 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
Dispense electronic 
subject diary 15 
x  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pruritus NRS16  
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
POEM, DLQI, EQ-
5D, HADS17  
(Subject completed) 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
IGA, EASI, GISS, 
SCORAD, BSA 
(Investigator 
completed) 
x 
x 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 38 of 103 
Table 2: 
Schedule of Assessments – Blinded Treatment Phase (Continued) 
Visit 
 
SCR 
Treatment Period (Day 1 – Week 16) 
Day  
-28 to 
-1 
1 
2 
 
 
5 
6 
8 
15±1 
29±1 
43±1 
57±1 
71±1 
85 
86 
 
 
89 
90 
92 
99±1 
113 ±11 
End of Blinded Treatment 
Phase/Early Discontinuation 
(EOT)  
End of Week 
 
0 
 
1 
2 
4 
6 
8 
10 
12 
 
 
 
 
14 
16 
ACQ-5 18, 
SNOT-22 19 
(Subject completed) 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
Patient Global 
Assessment of 
Disease  
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
Patient Global 
Assessment of 
Treatment 
 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
Assess sick-leave 
and/or missed 
school days16 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
 
x 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
x 
 
Randomization20 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Study drug 
administration1, 21 
 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
x 
 
 
 
 
x 
xOLE 
Adverse events 
assessment  
x -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------x 
ACQ-5 = Asthma Control Questionnaire; AD = atopic dermatitis; BSA = body surface area; DQLI = Dermatology Quality of Life Index; EASI = Eczema Area and Severity Index; 
ECG = electrocardiogram; EOT = End of Treatment Visit; EQ-5D = EuroQol-5D; FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; FU = follow-up; GISS = Global Individual Signs Score;  
h = hour; HADS = Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale; IGA = Investigator’s Global Assessment; NRS = Numerical Rating Scale; OLE = open-label extension; PD = 
pharmacodynamics; PK = pharmacokinetics; POEM = Patient-Oriented Eczema Measure; SCORAD = SCORing of Atopic Dermatitis; SCR = Screening; SNOT-22 = Sino-nasal 
Outcome Test; TB = tuberculosis; Wk = Week.  Note: Visits do not include a Day 0.  If at any time point, the different assessments coincide, the following sequence will be used: 
vital signs – ECG – blood sample(s) – AD photography – dosing.  The last follow-up visit will be considered the end-of-study visit.   
 
Footnotes begin on next page. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 39 of 103 
Footnotes:  
1. The subset of subjects who have completed the GBR 830-204 study prior to implementation of the amendment that includes the open-label phase (eg, Protocol Amendment 3 
[version 4.0] and/or Amendment 6 [version 7.0]), and provide informed consent to participate in the open-label treatment phase of the study, must undergo the modified 
Screening Visit.  Subjects who are in the follow-up period of GBR 830-204 at the time the open-label protocol amendment is implemented, must complete their follow-up 
period as per Protocol, and then must undergo a modified Screening visit per Section 14.2.2.  
 
All blinded treatment phase assessments must be completed including PK and immunogenicity sampling prior to any open-label treatment phase assessments and 
dosing.  In the event of early withdrawal from the blinded treatment phase, the EOT Week 16 (Day113,) procedures will be performed as soon as possible after a subject 
withdraws from the study.  The first open-label dose will be administered on Week 16 (Day 113).   Subjects will be clinically monitored by study site personnel for 2 hours 
following the Week 16 dose.   
2. Written informed consent for the study; informed consent for optional Rich PK, and optional pharmacogenetic (DNA) testing.   
3. Medical history includes recent medical history (any illness occurring within past 4 weeks), previous medical history (only significant medical or surgical illness), smoking, 
alcohol and intake of drugs of abuse).  In addition, medical history will include history of allergy to Dermatophagoides species (house dust mite), birch oak, cockroach, cat 
dander, dog dander, Bermuda grass.  
4. On Days 2, 5, 6, 87-92, these procedures will be performed for subjects in the rich PK analysis set only.  Subjects in the sparse PK analysis set will not have a study visit on 
Days 2-6 and 87-106.  
5. A physical exam is required at all visits.  At screening a comprehensive physical exam is required.  At all other visits, a symptom directed/targeted physical exam is required.  
Comprehensive physical exam includes general appearance, skin/subcutaneous tissue, head and neck (including thyroid gland), eyes, ears, nose and throat, mouth, abdomen, 
lymph nodes, musculoskeletal, thorax, lungs/respiratory, heart/cardiovascular, urogenital, anal/rectal, extremities and a brief neurological/psychiatric examination.  Urogenital 
and anal/rectal examinations are optional.   
6. On Day 1, ECG will be performed predose and at 30 minutes (±30 minutes) postdose.   
7. Optional PG sample can be collected at any time during the study. 
8. For women of childbearing potential: A urine pregnancy test may be performed at the initial screening visit, at the Investigator’s discretion.  A serum pregnancy test is required 
within 7 days prior to randomization and at the final end of study follow-up visit Week 66 (Day 463); all other visits may have urine pregnancy tests that must be performed 
predose.  The pregnancy test performed predose on Day 1 may be a urine test and must be negative prior to randomization.  Postmenopausal women: Must have FSH testing at 
screening. 
9. Virus serology will be performed by a central laboratory.  See Appendix 1 in the protocol for a list of tests.    
10. Samples will be collected from all subjects for immunogenicity analysis at pre-dose (within 15 minutes before drug administration) on Day 1, Day 15, Day 57, Day 85, and 
Day 99; and at the blinded treatment phase EOT (Day113) and at the final 12-week Follow-up visit.  
11. Samples will be collected for biomarker analysis pre-dose (within 15 minutes before drug administration) on Day 1, Day 8, Day 15, Day 29, Day 57, and Day 85; and at the 
blinded treatment phase EOT (Day 113).  
12. Photographs will be taken of representative areas of AD-involved skin, for example, the same lesional area(s) used for SCORAD assessments (with the exception of the 
subject’s face, which should not be photographed to maintain subject’s anonymity).  Refer to the photography manual for additional details. 
13. Serum samples for the rich PK group only (n=20/arm) will be obtained on: Dose 1 (Day 1): Predose (within 15 minutes prior to 1st dose), and post dose at 4 h, 24 h (Day 2), 96 
h (Day 5), 120 h (Day 6), 168 h (Day 8), and 336 h (Day 15), predose, (within 15 minutes prior to 2nd dose); Dose 3, 4, 5, 6, and 8 (Day 29, Day 43, Day 57, Day 71, and Day 
99): Predose (within 15 minutes prior to dose); Dose 7 (Day 85): Predose (within 15 minutes prior to dose) and post dose at 4 h, 24 h (Day 86), 96 h (Day 89), 120 h (Day 90), 
168 h (Day 92), and Day 113 (Week 16): pre-dose (within 15 minutes of first open-label dose, and final follow-up visit Week 66 (Day 463).  See Table 8 for windows.  
14. Serum samples for the sparse PK group will be collected from all subjects (n=58/arm): Dose 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 (Day 15, Day 29, Day 43, Day 57, Day 71, Day 85, and Day 99): 
Predose (within 15 minutes prior to dose); Day 113 (Week 16): pre-dose (within 15 minutes of first open-label dose and final follow-up visit Week 66 (Day 463).  See Table 8 
for windows.  
15.  Minimum of 3 days of diary in the week prior to randomization. 
16. Pruritus NRS and sick leave and/or missed school days assessments will be completed by the subject.  
17.  Administered to a sub-set of subjects who fluently speak the language in which these questionnaires are translated.   
18.  ACQ-5: Only to a subset of subject with a medical history of asthma. 
19.  SNOT-22: Only to a subset of subjects eg, with chronic rhinitis/rhinosinusitis nasal polyps, allergic rhinitis. 
20.  Day of randomization and first dosing are assumed to be the same, no waiver allowed. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 40 of 103 
21.  Study drug administration: Subcutaneous  
22.  Height will be assessed at screening only. 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 41 of 103 
Table 3: 
Schedule of Assessments – Open-label Treatment Phase 
Period 
Treatment Period 
End of Open-
label Treatment 
Phase/Early 
Discontinuation1 
Follow-up8 
End of Week 
18 
20 
22 
24 
26 
28 
Long-term Assessments 
(Week 26 onwards)7 
54 
58, 62 
Safety 
phone 
call9 
66 
(EOS) 
In 
Clinic 
Visit 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EOT 
 
 
Day 
127 ±2 
141 ±2 
155 
±2 
169 ±2 
183 
±2 
197 
±2 
211 ±2 to 365 ±2 
379 
407 ± 5 
435 ± 5 
463 ± 5 
Prior and concomitant medications 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Every 2 Weeks 
(Last visit +14 days) 
X 
X 
X  
Vital signs 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Every 2 Weeks 
(Last visit +14 days) 
X 
 
X 
Physical examination2 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Every 2 Weeks 
(Last visit +14 days) 
X 
 
X 
Weight 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
12-Lead ECG 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
Clinical Laboratory3 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
Every 8 Weeks 
(Last visit +56 days) 
X 
 
X 
Pregnancy test4 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Every 4 Weeks 
(Last visit +28 days) 
X 
 
X 
Immunogenicity blood samples5 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
PK blood samples5 
X 
X 
 
 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
IGA, EASI  
(Investigator completed) 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
  
Every 4 Weeks 
(Last visit +28 days) 
X 
 
X 
AD photography 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
Every 4 Weeks (Last visit 
+28 days) 
X 
 
X 
Blood samples for biomarkers (serum 
and/or plasma) 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Blood for vfPBMC and/or cell subsets 
 
X 
 
X 
 
X 
 
 
 
 
Study drug administration6 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
X 
Every 2 Weeks 
(Last visit +14 days) 
 
 
 
Adverse events assessment 
    X-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------X 
EASI = Eczema Area and Severity Index; ECG = electrocardiogram; EOS = end of study; EOT = end of treatment; FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; HEENT = head, eyes, 
ears, nose and throat; IGA = Investigator’s Global Assessment; PK = pharmacokinetics; SoA = schedule of assessment.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 42 of 103 
Note:  If at any time point, the different assessments coincide, the following sequence will be used: vital signs – ECG – blood sample(s).   The last follow-up visit will be 
considered the end-of-study visit.   
1.   In the event of early withdrawal, during the open-label treatment period, EOT procedures as described at Week 54, (Day 379) will be performed as soon as possible after a 
subject withdraws from the study (unless the subject withdraws consent). 
2. A physical exam is required at all visits.  At screening a comprehensive physical exam is required.  At all other visits, a symptom directed/targeted physical exam is required.  
A comprehensive physical examination will include head, eyes, ears, nose and throat (HEENT), cardiovascular system, respiratory system, musculoskeletal system, skin 
(non-atopic dermatitis related), gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, and a brief neurological examination.  Sign/symptom-directed examination might be performed 
as per the investigator’s discretion.     
3. Clinical laboratory assessments (hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) will be performed by a central laboratory.   
4. A urine pregnancy test will be performed predose.  A serum pregnancy test is required at the 12 week final EOS Visit, Day 463 (Week 66).   
5. Blood samples for immunogenicity and PK analysis should be collected within 15 minutes prior to study drug administration when occurring on dosing days, at EOT, and at 
Follow-up.  The actual time of sample collection and study drug administration for all visits with PK evaluations will be recorded.   
6. Study drug administration:  Subcutaneous administration (see Section 10.5 of the protocol) will be administered q2w.  Subjects will be clinically monitored by study site 
personnel for 1 hour after all doses (Week 18 onwards).  The actual time of sample collection and study drug administration for all visits with PK evaluations will be recorded.  
7. Long-term assessments: Every 2 weeks concomitant medication, vital signs, and physical examinations per the SoA table. 
      Long-term assessments: Every 4 weeks AD photography, IGA, EASI, and urine pregnancy tests per the SoA table. 
      Long-term assessments: Every 8 weeks Clinical Laboratory safety assessments per the SoA table. 
8. For a subject who prematurely discontinues blinded or open-label treatment, the follow-up period will consist of a phone call 4 weeks and 8 weeks after the appropriate EOT 
visit and a final follow up visit 12 weeks after the appropriate EOT visit.    
9. Safety phone call to include collection of AEs and concomitant medications.    

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 43 of 103 
7.1.1. 
Study Rationale  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
7.1.2. 
Dosing Rationale 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 44 of 103 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 45 of 103 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
7.1.3. 
Estimated Duration of Subject Participation  
The anticipated maximum total study duration for each subject is approximately 70 weeks.  This 
duration will consist of the screening period of up to 4 weeks, the blinded treatment period of up 
to 16 weeks (14 weeks of treatment, with a loading dose on Day 1 followed by maintenance 
dosing from Day 15 [Week 2] until the last dose at Week 14), the open-label treatment period of 
up to 38 weeks, and the follow-up period of 12 weeks starting at the end of the open-label 
treatment period.  Subjects who consent to participate in the open-label treatment phase of the 
study after they completed the GBR 830-204 study, and require a modified screening visit would 
have a study participation duration of up to 86 weeks.   
7.1.4. 
Number of Subjects (Planned) 
For Groups 1 through 4, a sufficient number of subjects will be screened to randomize 312 
eligible subjects in a 1:1:1:1 ratio.  For Group 5 and 6, a sufficient number of subjects will be 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 46 of 103 
screened to randomize 156 eligible subjects in a 1:1 ratio to either ISB 830 or Placebo, therefore 
approximately 468 subjects are planned to be randomized in this study.  The randomization will 
be stratified by disease severity (moderate or severe, as assessed by IGA), geographic region 
(North America vs European Union), and subjects consenting to rich PK sampling (Yes/No).  
The actual number of subjects randomized in Groups 5 and 6 may be different than initially 
planned due to the impact of the SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic (see Section 8.3.4). 
7.2. 
Treatment Assignment 
Study participation begins (ie, the subject is enrolled in the study) once written informed consent 
is obtained (see Section 18.3 for details).  Once informed consent is obtained at Screening, the 
subject will be assigned a subject screening number using the interactive voice response 
system/interactive web response system (IVRS/IWRS), and the screening evaluations may begin 
to assess study eligibility (inclusion/exclusion) criteria.  The subject screening number will be 
used to identify the subject during the screening process.    
A subject who fails screening (ie, does not meet eligibility criteria) will be given a new screening 
number if he/she is re-screened for the study.  The subject’s original screening number will not 
be re-assigned to another subject.  
Subjects who meet all eligibility criteria will be randomized on Day 1 using the IVRS/IWRS 
system and allocated a randomization number prior to receiving the first dose of study drug.  
Randomized subjects will be stratified by the IVRS/IWRS based on disease severity, geographic 
region, and subjects consenting to rich PK sampling (Yes/No) to ensure balance of treatment 
groups within each stratum.   
For the open-label treatment phase, the first dose will be administered 2 weeks after the last dose 
in the blinded treatment phase to maintain the dosing regimen.  Subjects in Groups 1-4 will 
receive 
 and subjects in Groups 5-6 will receive 
 SC doses of ISB 830 q2w until 
study completion, discontinuation or withdrawal. 
Randomized subjects who terminate their study participation for any reason, regardless of 
whether study drug has been taken or not, will retain their randomization number. 
To allow subjects access to the open-label treatment phase of the study, subjects who have 
completed the GBR 830-204 study prior to implementation of the open-label protocol 
amendment or who are in the follow-up phase of the study at the time of implementation of the 
open-label protocol amendment, may be eligible to participate in the open-label treatment phase 
of this study.  These subjects will be assigned a new screening number.   
Subjects who have completed the study prior to implementation of the open-label protocol 
amendment must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2), and if eligibility criteria 
are met (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1 and 5), 
will undergo study assessments as per Table 3.  This includes a complete washout of any 
concomitant medications and therapies received (as per Table 5) prior to starting the open-label 
treatment phase of the study. 
Subjects who are in the follow-up period of GBR 830-204 at the time the open-label protocol 
amendment is implemented, must complete their follow-up period and then must undergo a 
modified Screening visit (as per Table 2), and if eligibility criteria are met (with the exception of 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 47 of 103 
inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1and 5), will undergo study assessments 
as per Table 3.  This includes a complete washout of any concomitant medications and therapies 
received (as per Table 5) prior to starting the open-label treatment phase of the study. 
7.3. 
Dose Adjustment Criteria 
No dose modifications for a subject are allowed in the blinded treatment phase.   
See Section 8.3.1 for criteria regarding temporary discontinuation of study drug. 
7.4. 
Criteria for Study Termination 
The Sponsor reserves the right to discontinue the study for medical reasons or any other reason at 
any time.  If the study is prematurely terminated or suspended, the Sponsor will promptly inform 
the Investigators/Institutions and regulatory authorities of the termination or suspension and the 
reason(s) for the termination or suspension.  The Institutional Review Board (IRB)/independent 
Ethics Committee (IEC) will also be informed promptly and provided the reason(s) for the 
termination or suspension by the Sponsor or by the Investigator/Institution, as specified by the 
applicable regulatory requirement(s). 
The Investigator reserves the right to discontinue his/her participation in the study should his/her 
judgment so dictate.  If the Investigator terminates or suspends his/her participation in the study 
without prior agreement of the Sponsor, the Investigator should inform the Institution where 
applicable, and the Investigator/Institution should promptly inform the Sponsor and the IRB/IEC 
and provide the Sponsor and the IRB/IEC with a detailed written explanation of the termination 
or suspension.  Study records must be retained as noted above. 
7.5. 
End of the Study 
The end of the study (study completion) is defined as the date of the last protocol-specified 
visit/assessment (including telephone contact) for the last subject in the study.  Materials or 
supplies provided by the Sponsor may be returned to the Sponsor or designee upon study 
completion, as directed by the site monitor.  The Investigator will notify the IRB/IEC when the 
study has been completed. 
8. 
SELECTION AND WITHDRAWAL OF SUBJECTS 
8.1. 
Subject Inclusion Criteria 
1. Provide written informed consent and any locally required authorization prior to any 
protocol-related procedures, including screening evaluations.  
2. Willing and able to comply with all aspects of the protocol. 
3. Male or female ≥18 years at the time of screening.  
4. Physician diagnosis of AD for > 1 year; diagnosis of AD as defined by the American 
Academy of Dermatology Consensus Criteria (Eichenfeld et al, 2014). 
5. AD involvement of ≥10% body surface area (BSA) at screening and baseline. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 48 of 103 
6. EASI score of ≥12 at screening or ≥16 at baseline. 
7. IGA score of ≥3 at screening and baseline (on the 0 to 4 IGA scale, in which 3 is 
moderate and 4 is severe). 
8. Baseline Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale (NRS) score for maximum itch intensity ≥3 
over the previous 24 hours.  A minimum of 3 days of diary completion is required in the 
week prior to randomization. 
9. Documented/reported recent history (within 6 months before the screening visit) of 
inadequate response to treatment with topical medications (topical corticosteroids or 
crisaborole or topical calcineurin inhibitors) or subjects for whom topical treatments are 
otherwise medically inadvisable (eg, because of important side effects or safety risks as 
defined in the protocol).  Documents may include medical records, physician to 
healthcare provider communication (with date and time of communication and physician 
signature) or pharmacy records (with clearly listed dates of dispensation).  A course of 
marketed systemic immunosuppressants (eg, prednisone, cyclosporine, methotrexate) for 
AD in the 6 months prior to screening assumes failure of topicals and is acceptable in 
place of topical failure.  
10. Have applied a stable dose of topical emollient (moisturizer) twice daily for at least the 7 
consecutive days immediately before the baseline visit (with the exception of prohibited 
moisturizers containing additives listed in Exclusion Criteria #5). 
11. Must agree to the following requirements during the study: 
a. If female and of childbearing potential, she must have a negative serum pregnancy 
test result within 7 days prior to first dosing and a negative urine pregnancy test 
predose on Day 1.  She must be willing to use a highly effective form of 
contraception (ICH E8 Guideline, 1997; ICH M3[R2] Guidance, 2009; FDA M3[R2] 
Guidance, 2010) for the duration of the study and for at least 3 months after the last 
dose of study medication.  Methods like periodic abstinence, post ovulation 
procedures and withdrawal are not considered adequate.  Each woman will be 
considered to have childbearing potential unless she has been surgically sterilized by 
hysterectomy or bilateral tubal ligation/salpingectomy or has been post-menopausal 
for at least 2 years.  For postmenopausal women only, follicle stimulating hormone 
(FSH) testing will be performed at screening to confirm non-childbearing potential 
(FSH ≥40 IU/L). 
b. If male with a partner of childbearing potential, he must be willing to use condoms in 
combination with a second effective method of contraception during the study.  Each 
man will be considered as potent unless surgically sterilized (with appropriate post 
vasectomy documentation of the absence of sperm in the ejaculate).  Male subjects 
must continue to use contraception for 180 days following administration of the study 
drug. 
c. Male subjects should agree not to donate sperm during the study and for 180 days 
following administration of the study drug. 
8.2. 
Subject Exclusion Criteria 
1. Prior treatment with ISB 830.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 49 of 103 
2. Employee of the clinical study site or any other individuals involved with the conduct of 
the study, or immediate family members of such individuals. 
3. Concurrent enrollment in another investigational clinical study. 
4. Treatment with any of the following before baseline: 
a. Investigational biological agent within 8 weeks of baseline or 5 half-lives, whichever 
is longer. 
b. Investigational drugs, eg, phosphodiesterase type 4 (PDE4) inhibitors, Janus kinase 
(JAK) inhibitors, within 4 weeks of baseline. 
c. Phototherapy for AD within 4 weeks of baseline.  
d. Marketed drugs, including systemic corticosteroids, 
immunosuppressive/immunomodulatory drugs including but not limited to 
cyclosporine, mycophenolate mofetil, interferon-gamma (IFN-γ), PDE4 inhibitors, 
JAK inhibitors, azathioprine or methotrexate, within 4 weeks of baseline.    
e. Topical medications, including corticosteroids, tacrolimus, and/or pimecrolimus and 
crisaborole within 1 week of baseline.  
f. Regular use (>2 visits/week) of a tanning booth/parlor within 4 weeks of baseline. 
g. Biologics, depending on the type of biologic such as cell-depleting agents including 
but not limited to rituximab: within 6 months of baseline, or until lymphocyte and 
CD19+ lymphocyte count returns to normal, whichever is longer. 
h. Biologics including infliximab, adalimumab, golimumab, certolizumab pegol, 
abatacept, etanercept, anakinra, dupilumab: within 12 weeks of baseline, or 5 half-
lives, whichever is longer. 
i. Other biologics: within 5 half-lives (if known). 
5. Initiation of treatment of AD with prescription moisturizers or moisturizers containing 
additives such as ceramide, hyaluronic acid, urea, or filaggrin degradation products 
during the screening period (subjects may continue using stable doses of such 
moisturizers if initiated before the screening visit).  
6. Planned or anticipated use of any prohibited medications and procedures during study 
treatment as defined in the study protocol.  
7. Subjects who are immunocompromised (congenital or acquired), or who have had a 
recent (within 3 months prior to baseline) or current serious systemic infection (including 
infectious mononucleosis-like illness or herpes zoster).  
8. Treatment with a live (attenuated) vaccine within 12 weeks before the baseline visit.  
9. Subjects who have evidence of active or latent tuberculosis (TB) as documented in their 
medical history, or test positive at screening.  For indeterminate cases an informed 
decision will be made between the Principal Investigator and Medical Monitor.  
10. Active chronic or acute infection requiring treatment with systemic antibiotics, antivirals, 
antiparasitics, antiprotozoals, or antifungals within 2 weeks before the baseline visit, or 
superficial skin infections within 1 week before the baseline visit.  NOTE: subjects may 
be rescreened after infection resolves.  
11. Presence of skin comorbidities that may interfere with study assessments, in the opinion 
of the Investigator, including subjects with psoriasis. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 50 of 103 
12. Poorly controlled asthma as assessed by the Asthma Control Questionnaire [ACQ-5] 
based on International ERS/ATS guidelines.  
13. Any condition at baseline which is part of the criteria for discontinuation of study drug as 
defined in the study protocol.  
14. Subjects who are known to be seropositive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or 
who test positive at screening.  
15. History of a positive result for Hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), antibody to Hepatitis 
B core antigen (anti-HBcAg), or antibody to Hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV) or presence of 
these findings at screening.    
16. History of alcohol or drug abuse within 2 years of the screening visit.   
17. Subjects with a history of non-malignant lymphoproliferative disorders, or a history of 
malignancy within 5 years before baseline (except completely treated in situ cervical 
carcinoma or non-metastatic squamous or basal cell carcinoma of the skin).  
18. In the opinion of the Investigator, subjects with any other medical or psychological 
condition as well as laboratory values, which are significantly different from normal 
reference ranges and/or judged to be clinically significant; and/or any condition that 
would interfere with evaluation of the study drug or interpretation of subject safety or 
study results, including conditions that are inadequately understood at the time of 
screening.  
19. Subjects with a history of substance abuse or dependence that in the opinion of the 
Investigator, is considered to interfere with the subject’s participation in the study.  
20. Planned or anticipated major surgical procedure during the subject’s participation in this 
study.  
21. Women who are pregnant or breast feeding.   
22. Known hypersensitivity to monoclonal antibodies or any of the excipients of the study 
drug.   
8.3. 
Subject Withdrawal Criteria 
A subject may voluntarily discontinue study participation at any time after giving informed 
consent and before the completion of the last visit of the study.  Subjects may also be withdrawn 
from study drug treatment at the discretion of the Investigator or Sponsor for safety, 
noncompliance, or administrative reasons.   
The reasons for subject withdrawal will be recorded and may include, but are not limited to: 
1. Withdrawal of consent by the subject to continue in the study.  If consent is withdrawn, 
the subject will not receive any further investigational product (IP) or further study 
observation.  Note that the subject may need to undergo additional tests or tapering of 
treatment to withdraw safely. 
2. Development of a serious or intolerable adverse event (AE) that necessitates 
discontinuation at the discretion of the Investigator including but not limited to:  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 51 of 103 
• Anaphylactic reaction or other severe systemic reaction to study drug injection (see 
Section 13.2.1.4). 
• Diagnosis of a malignancy (new or relapse) during study, excluding carcinoma in situ 
of the cervix, or squamous or basal cell carcinoma of the skin.  
• Any infection that is opportunistic, such as active TB and other infections whose 
nature or course may suggest an immuno-compromised status.  
• An infection that requires parenteral treatment with antibiotic, antifungal, antiviral, 
anti-parasitic, or anti-protozoal agents or requires oral treatment with such agents for 
longer than 2 weeks. 
3. Severe laboratory abnormalities: 
• Serum creatinine > 1.5 mg/dL (equivalent to Système International (SI) unit of 
>114.39 μmol/L). 
• Alanine aminotransferase (ALT) and/or aspartate aminotransferase (AST) values >3x 
upper limit of normal (ULN) with total bilirubin >2x ULN (unless elevated bilirubin 
is related to confirmed Gilbert’s Syndrome). 
• Absolute neutrophil count ≤ 500/μL (equivalent to SI unit of ≤ 0.5x109/L) or absolute 
lymphocyte count ≤600/μL (equivalent to SI unit of ≤0.6x109/L) or platelet count 
≤50,000/μL (equivalent to SI unit of ≤50x109/L) or any abnormal evaluations which 
in the opinion of the Investigator are clinically significant. 
Confirmed AST and/or ALT >5x ULN (for more than 2 weeks). 
4. At the discretion of the Investigator, when he/she believes continued participation is not 
in the best interest of the subject. 
5. At the discretion of the Investigator, when the subject does not adhere to the study 
procedures. 
6. A positive pregnancy test. 
7. A female partner of a male study subject becomes pregnant. 
8. A protocol deviation that, in the opinion of the Sponsor and Investigator, warrants 
discontinuation from the study.  
A subject who is withdrawn from blinded or open-label study drug treatment will be asked to 
complete all procedures scheduled for the EOT visits at time of withdrawal (Week 16, or Week 
54, respectively).  The subject should continue to the follow-up period for a phone call 4 weeks 
and 8 weeks after the EOT visit and a final follow up visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit, unless 
the subject withdraws consent or is lost to follow-up.   
8.3.1. 
Temporary Discontinuation of Study Drug 
1. Rescue treatment for AD (drug or phototherapy or both) given based on the opinion of 
the Investigator; subjects who require rescue therapy will be considered as treatment 
failures.  Subjects who receive topical medication as rescue treatment will continue study 
drug treatment.  Subjects who receive rescue treatment with systemic corticosteroids or 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 52 of 103 
non-steroidal systemic immunosuppressive drugs (cyclosporine, methotrexate, 
mycophenolate mofetil, azathioprine, etc.) or biologics (eg, dupilumab) will be 
immediately discontinued from study drug treatment but will continue with all other 
study assessments as per Table 2 .  Administration of ISB 830 may be resumed after the 
appropriate washout period, (as per Table 5) following discussion, and upon obtaining 
written approval from the Sponsor’s medical monitor.   
2. Subjects must be temporarily discontinued from study drug dosing in the event of: 
• Grade 3 neutrophil count (<1000-500/μL, per the National Institutes of 
Health/National Cancer Institute (NIH/NCI)-Common Terminology Criteria for 
Adverse Events (CTCAE) v4.03 (CTCAE v4.03, 2010). 
• Grade 2 platelet count (<7.5 – 5.0 X 104/μL, per NIH/NCI-CTCAE).  
• Fever (>100.4°F or >38°C), suspected infection, or infection requiring oral 
antibiotics.  
If temporarily discontinued from study drug dosing, a subject may resume dosing when the 
abnormal values are within normal reference ranges.  The decision to discontinue dosing a 
subject due to an AE will be made on the basis of clinical severity and relatedness to the study 
drug.  It is recommended that the Investigator consult with the Sponsor’s medical monitor before 
removing the subject from the study. 
8.3.2. 
Lost to Follow-up 
A subject will be considered lost-to-follow-up only if no contact has been established by the time 
the study is completed such that there is insufficient information to determine the subject’s 
status.  Subjects refusing to return to the site or to continue participation in the study when 
contacted, should be documented as “withdrawal of consent” rather than “lost to follow-up.” 
Investigators should document attempts to re-establish contact with missing subjects throughout 
the study period.  If contact with a missing subject is re-established, the subject should not be 
considered lost-to-follow-up and any evaluations should resume according to the protocol (ie, the 
subject should continue to the next scheduled visit relative to their Day 1 visit).    
8.3.3. 
Permanent Discontinuation of Study Drug 
A subject who is permanently discontinued from further receipt of study drug, regardless of the 
reason (withdrawal of consent, due to an AE, other reason), will be identified as having 
permanently discontinued treatment.   
A subject who is permanently discontinued from receiving study drug during the blinded or 
open-label treatment phases will be asked to complete all procedures scheduled for the EOT 
visits (Week 16, or Week 54, respectively).  A subject who is withdrawn from study drug 
treatment should continue to the follow-up period, unless the subject withdraws consent, is lost 
to follow-up, or is enrolled in another clinical study. 
8.3.4. 
Enrollment of Additional Subjects  
Special considerations have been added to the protocol based on the issues arising from the 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic.  During the blinded dosing period for Part 2 (ie, prior to 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 53 of 103 
completion of the Week 16 visit), any randomized subject who terminates study participation or 
who misses 2 or more consecutive doses of study drug (even if continuing with study 
participation) or misses any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16, as a result of 
pandemic-related reasons, may not be counted against the total number of subjects targeted 
(N=156 for Part 2 of the study).  For each of these cases, a new subject may be screened and 
randomized, to allow an evaluable number of subjects for the Week 16 primary endpoint.  The 
new subjects in screening will receive new subject numbers and new treatment assignments as 
per the current randomization schedule in the protocol.   
Additional subjects will only be added in response to the number of subjects who meet the above 
criteria, as a result of pandemic-related issues.  Randomized subjects who discontinue study 
participation or miss consecutive doses or the Week 16 primary endpoint assessments for non-
pandemic related reasons, or who have study drug or study visit issues after completing their 
Week 16 visit, will not trigger the screening of additional subjects. 
9. 
TREATMENT OF SUBJECTS 
9.1. 
Description of Study Drug 
The following study drugs will be supplied by Ichnos Sciences SA for the study: 
Table 4: 
Study Drugs 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 54 of 103 
9.2. 
Concomitant Medications and Therapy  
9.2.1. 
Prior Medications 
The following medications and therapies listed in Table 5 are excluded for the designated length 
of time prior to Baseline (Day 1) and prior to Week 16 (Day 113) for those subjects who 
completed the study and re-enter only the open-label treatment phase of the study.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 55 of 103 
Table 5: 
Excluded Concomitant Medications and Therapies 
Medication 
Duration of Washout, Prior to 
Baseline  
Investigational biological agent 
8 weeks or 5 half-lives, whichever 
is longer 
Investigational drugs eg, phosphodiesterase type 4 (PDE4) inhibitors, Janus 
kinase inhibitors (JAK inhibitors) 
4 weeks 
Phototherapy for AD 
4 weeks 
Marketed drugs, including systemic corticosteroids, 
immunosuppressive/immunomodulatory drugs including but not limited to 
cyclosporine, mycophenolate mofetil, IFN-γ, PDE4 inhibitors, JAK 
inhibitors, azathioprine, methotrexate 
4 weeks 
Topical medications including crisaborole, corticosteroids, tacrolimus, 
and/or pimecrolimus 
1 week 
Regular use (>2 visits/week) of a tanning booth/parlor 
4 weeks 
Cell-depleting agents including but not limited to rituximab 
6 months or until lymphocyte and 
CD19+ lymphocyte count returns 
to normal, whichever is longer   
Infliximab, adalimumab, golimumab, certolizumab pegol, abatacept, 
etanercept, anakinra, dupilumab 
12 weeks or 5 half-lives, 
whichever is longer 
Other biologics (not listed above) 
5 half-lives (if known)  
Live (attenuated) vaccine 
12 weeks 
AD = atopic dermatitis; IFN γ = interferon gamma; JAK = Janus kinase; PDE4 = phosphodiesterase 4. 
9.2.2. 
Permitted Concomitant Medications and Therapies 
All restrictions on the medications listed above in Table 5 are applicable for the entire duration 
of the study.  Other concomitant medications that the subject receives on a regular basis may 
continue, if in the opinion of the Investigator, it does not put the subject at undue risk or does not 
interfere with the study evaluations.   
All subjects who require rescue therapy are considered as treatment failures.  Subjects who 
receive topical medication as rescue treatment will continue study treatment.  Subjects who 
receive rescue treatment with systemic corticosteroids or non-steroidal systemic 
immunosuppressive drugs (cyclosporine, methotrexate, mycophenolate mofetil, azathioprine, 
etc.) or biologics (eg, dupilumab) will be immediately discontinued from study drug treatment 
and will continue with all other study assessments as per Table 2.  Administration of ISB 830 
may be resumed after the appropriate washout period (4 weeks or 5 half-lives, whichever is 
longer) and following discussion and upon obtaining written approval from the Sponsor’s 
medical monitor.   
9.2.3. 
Prohibited Concomitant Medications and Therapies  
All the medications and therapies listed above in Table 5 are prohibited for the entire duration of 
the study beginning from the time indicated before the baseline visit (Day 1), unless they are 
required, in the opinion of the Investigator, for the treatment of an AE.  If a subject receives 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 56 of 103 
systemic steroids or other systemic immunosuppressive drugs for non-AD related conditions, 
treatment with study drug must be stopped immediately.  After treatment with these medications 
is completed, treatment with study drug may be re-instituted after a washout period and deemed 
appropriate after discussion with the medical monitor and Sponsor, however study drug may not 
be re-instituted earlier than 5 times the half-life of the medication.  Please refer to the study 
reference manual for more details regarding minimum washout periods. 
9.2.4. 
Lifestyle and/or Dietary Restrictions 
Subjects will be requested to adhere to the following restrictions:  
• Subject must be willing to use a highly effective form of contraception, as described 
in Section 8.1. 
• Abstain from regular use (>2 visits/week) of a tanning booth/parlor within 4 weeks 
prior to baseline and during the study, through Week 66.  
• Topical steroids will be prohibited during the study through Week 66.   
• Emollients may be used during the study.  Subjects may continue use of these 
emollients during the study if using stable doses of such emollients, and if treatment 
was initiated before the screening visit.  However, emollients containing additives 
listed in Exclusion criterion 5 (eg ceramide, hyaluronic acid, urea, or filaggrin 
degradation products) may not be initiated during the screening period or at any time 
during the study.   
Antihistamines may be used during the study, including use in the follow-up period. 
9.3. 
Treatment Compliance 
Treatment compliance will be measured by the designated person (see Section 10.5) at the 
clinical study site.   
Records of drug administration and drug accountability must be maintained to document 
compliance of treatment administration for each subject and will be reviewed by the unblinded 
clinical monitor.  
9.4. 
Randomization and Blinding 
See Section 7.2 regarding randomization and allocation to treatment groups. 
9.4.1. 
Blinding and Unblinding Procedures 
This is a double-blind study in which ISB 830 and placebo are not indistinguishable in 
appearance and viscosity.  For the blinded treatment phase, neither the subject/legal 
representative nor any of the Investigator or Sponsor staff who are involved in the treatment or 
clinical evaluation of the subjects will be aware of the treatment received.  Since ISB 830 and 
placebo are not indistinguishable, the study drug will be handled/prepared by a designated 
unblinded study drug administrator (eg, unblinded pharmacist or designee) at the site and will be 
administered by a designated unblinded study team member who will not be involved in the 
management of study subjects.  An unblinded clinical monitor (Clinical Research Associate 
[CRA]) will perform study drug accountability.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 57 of 103 
To enable the bioanalysis of ISB 830 in serum samples only from the active treatment groups, 
the randomization codes will be shared with a designated person at the bioanalytical site.  It will 
be ensured that this will not unblind the subject, investigators or sponsor staff involved in the 
study. 
For the blinded treatment phase, in the event that the treatment allocation for a subject becomes 
known to the Investigator or other study staff involved in the management of study subjects, or 
needs to be known to treat an individual subject for an AE, the medical monitor must be notified 
immediately by the Investigator and if possible, before unblinding. 
For the open-label treatment phase, drug preparation and administration should be handled by the 
same unblinded personnel as for the blinded treatment phase.   
In special circumstances (eg, during SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, which may prevent the 
subject from presenting to the site), the handling, preparation, and administration of the study 
drug (during blinded or open-label periods of the study) may be performed by an unblinded, 
qualified healthcare provider who is not involved in study management, such as a home-visit 
nurse contracted by the Sponsor (if such service is available at the time and where permitted by 
local regulations) (see Section 10.5).   
9.4.2. 
Unblinding in the Event of a Medical Emergency 
In the event of a medical emergency during the blinded treatment phase, the Investigator may 
unblind an individual subject’s study drug allocation.  In such emergencies, the investigator may 
contact the Sponsor’s medical monitor for drug specific input prior to disclosure of the treatment 
allocation.  However, the Investigator will make the decision to unblind the treatment 
assignment.  
Instructions for unblinding an individual subject’s study drug allocation are contained in the 
IVRS/IWRS manual.  In general, unblinding should only occur if management of the medical 
emergency would be different based on the subject having received IP.  In the majority of cases, 
the management of a medical emergency would be the same whether or not IP was received by 
the subject.  If this was the case, the study drug allocation should not be unblinded. 
In the event of unblinding, the following minimum information will be recorded in a memo to 
file and signed by the Investigator.  The information will be reported in the CSR. 
- 
Date of unblinding. 
- 
Identification of person(s) requesting the unblinding. 
- 
Reason for unblinding.  
If the breaking of the blind was due to an AE, the subject should be followed up until the AE has 
resolved or stabilized. 
Unblinding is not applicable for the open-label treatment phase of the study.  
9.5. 
Subject Completion 
An individual subject will be considered to have completed the study if the subject completed the 
End of Study visit, with a minimum of 1 dose of study drug received.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 58 of 103 
Subjects who permanently discontinue from study drug in the blinded treatment or open-label 
treatment phase and who do not withdraw consent from the study will be asked to return to the 
clinic for an End of Treatment (EOT) assessment and should continue with follow-up study 
visits.  
Subjects will be considered not to have completed the study if consent was withdrawn or the 
subject was lost to follow-up (see Section 8.3) and the End of Study visit was not completed.  
10. 
STUDY DRUG MATERIALS AND MANAGEMENT 
10.1. 
Study Drug 
A description of treatment groups and their respective dose regimens is provided in Table 6.  For 
the blinded treatment phase of the study, all subjects in treatment groups 1-4 will receive a 
loading dose consisting of 2 SC injections, and maintenance dosing consisting of 1 SC injection 
per dose, to maintain the blind.  Subjects in treatment groups 5 and 6 will receive a loading dose 
consisting of 4 SC injections, and maintenance dosing consisting of 2 SC injections per dose, to 
maintain the blind.  
 
  
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 59 of 103 
Table 6: 
Treatment Groups and Dose Regimens   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 60 of 103 
10.1.1. 
Investigational Product 
 
 
   
10.1.2. 
Placebo 
 
10.2. 
Study Drug Packaging and Labeling 
The final container used for dosing of ISB 830 will be labeled in full regulatory compliance 
according to the participating country.  The label text is translated into the local language.  
Details on packaging will be provided in the Pharmacy Manual. 
10.3. 
Study Drug Storage 
 
   
10.4. 
Study Drug Preparation 
Appropriate aseptic technique should be used while preparing and administering the injection.  
The designated, trained, unblinded pharmacist (or designee) will prepare and dispense study drug 
for each subject according to the subject’s IWRS/IVRS assignment.  In special circumstances, 
(eg, during SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, which may prevent the subject from presenting 
to the site), an unblinded, qualified healthcare provider may prepare study drug for injection (see 
Section 10.5). 
Detailed instructions will be provided in the pharmacy manual.   
10.5. 
Administration 
The day of administration of the first dose of study drug (ISB 830 or placebo) is considered 
Day 1. 
Appropriate aseptic technique should be used while preparing and administering injections.  
Designated, trained, unblinded personnel (pharmacist or designee) will administer prepared study 
drug (see Section 10.4) to maintain the blind.  The monitoring following dosing will be 
conducted by blinded study personnel.   
In special circumstances, (eg, during SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, which may prevent 
the subject from presenting to the site), subjects may receive ‘at home’ dosing, performed by an 
unblinded, qualified healthcare provider (if such service is available at the time and where 
permitted by local regulations) who will perform vital sign measurements (ie, systolic and 
diastolic blood pressure [mmHg], pulse rate [beats per minute], respiratory rate [per minute] and 
oral or tympanic temperature [degrees in Celsius]) by standard methods prior to dosing, and who 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 61 of 103 
will conduct the protocol-specified observation post-injection.  Women of childbearing potential 
will also be administered a monthly urine pregnancy test by the unblinded, qualified healthcare 
provider, and must have a negative pregnancy result prior to dosing.     
Additional details will be provided in the pharmacy manual and in a separate home healthcare 
provider manual.   
Subcutaneous injection sites should be alternated among the different quadrants of the abdomen 
(avoiding navel and waist areas), upper thighs, and upper arms, so that the same site is not 
injected for 2 consecutive dosing visits for doses requiring only a single injection.  For doses 
involving more than a single injection, if it is not possible to alternate quadrants, a different site 
within the same quadrant may be used as long as areas of erythema and induration are avoided 
(injection sites should be at least 2-3 cm apart for consecutive dosing visits).  To allow for 
adequate assessment of possible ISRs, study drug should be administered only into areas of 
normal-looking skin.   
As with any antibody/medication, allergic reactions to dose administration are possible.  
Therefore, appropriate drugs and medical equipment to treat acute anaphylactic reactions must 
be immediately available, and study personnel must be trained to recognize and treat 
anaphylaxis. 
10.6. 
Study Drug Accountability 
The designated unblinded pharmacist (or designee) is responsible for study drug (ISB 830 or 
placebo) accountability at the clinical site and its documentation.  Preparation, dispensing and 
recording of study drug is to done only by authorized unblinded personnel.  A designated 
unblinded clinical study monitor will perform drug accountability at the site.  The study drug 
records must be readily available for inspection by the unblinded clinical study monitor and/or 
auditor/regulatory agency personnel.   
Detailed instructions will be provided in the pharmacy manual.  
10.7. 
Study Drug Handling and Disposal 
No medication (new or used) can be returned to the Sponsor or disposed of at the clinical study 
site until the Sponsor’s clinical monitor has verified/reconciled the accuracy of the study 
medication records at the clinical site and indicated whether the medication should be destroyed 
at the clinical study site or returned to the Sponsor.  Detailed instructions including drug return 
or other disposition details will be provided in the pharmacy manual. 
11. 
ASSESSMENT OF EFFICACY 
11.1. 
Eczema Area and Severity Index 
The EASI is a validated measure used in clinical practice and clinical studies to assess the 
severity and extent of AD.  Four AD disease characteristics will be assessed for severity by the 
investigator or designee on a scale of “0” (absent) through “3” (severe).  In addition, the area of 
AD involvement will be assessed as a percentage by body area of head/neck, trunk (including 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 62 of 103 
genital area), upper limbs, and lower limbs (including buttocks), and converted to a score of 0 to 
6 (Hanifin et al, 2001).  
11.2. 
Investigator’s Global Assessment 
The IGA is an assessment scale used in clinical studies to determine severity of AD and clinical 
response to treatment based on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe) as shown in 
Table 7.   
Table 7: 
Investigator’s Global Assessment Scores and Definitions 
IGA Score 
Definition 
0 = Clear 
No inflammatory signs of atopic dermatitis  
1 = Almost clear 
Just perceptible erythema, and just perceptible papulation/infiltration 
Barely perceptible erythema and/or minimal lesion elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
2 = Mild disease 
Mild erythema and mild papulation/infiltration 
Visibly detectable, light pink erythema and very slight elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
3 = Moderate disease 
Moderate erythema and moderate papulation/infiltration 
Dull red, clearly distinguishable erythema; clearly perceptible elevation 
(papulation/infiltration), but not extensive 
4 = Severe disease 
Severe erythema and severe papulation/infiltration 
Deep/dark red erythema; marked and extensive elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
11.3. 
SCORing Atopic Dermatitis Assessment 
The SCORAD is a validated tool used in clinical research and clinical practice that was 
developed to standardize the evaluation of the extent and intensity of AD.  The extent of AD is 
assessed as a percentage of each defined body area and reported as the sum of all areas, with a 
maximum score of 100% (assigned as “A” in the overall SCORAD calculation).  The intensity of 
6 specific symptoms of AD is assessed using the following scale: absence (0), mild (1), moderate 
(2), or severe (3), (for a maximum of 18 total points, assigned as “B” in the overall SCORAD 
calculation).  Subjective assessment of pruritus and sleeplessness is recorded for each symptom 
by the subject or relative on a visual analogue scale (VAS), where 0 is no pruritus (or sleep-loss) 
and 10 is the worst imaginable pruritus (or sleep loss), with a maximum possible score of 20.  
This parameter is assigned as “C” in the overall SCORAD calculation.  The SCORAD is 
calculated as: A/5 + 7B/2 + C (Kunz et al, 1997).   
11.4. 
Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale 
For the Pruritus NRS, subjects will respond to the following question, “On a scale of 0 – 10, with 
0 being no itch and 10 being the worst itch imaginable, how would you rate your worst degree of 
itch during the previous 24 hours?” The Pruritus NRS will be assessed and recorded by the 
subject once per day, in the morning ideally at the same time, and reviewed by study staff at each 
clinic visit.   
Baseline Pruritus NRS average score for maximum itch intensity will be determined based on the 
average of daily Pruritus NRS scores for maximum itch intensity (the daily score ranges from 0 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 63 of 103 
to 10) during the 7 days immediately preceding) randomization.  A minimum of 3 daily scores 
out of the 7 days is required to calculate the baseline average score.  For subjects who do not 
have at least 4 daily scores reported during the 7 days immediately preceding the planned 
randomization date, randomization should be postponed until this requirement is met, but 
without exceeding the 28-day maximum duration for screening).  
11.5. 
Dermatology Life Quality Index 
The Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) is a subject-administered, 10-question, validated, 
quality-of-life questionnaire that covers 6 domains including symptoms and feelings, daily 
activities, leisure, work and school, personal relationships, and treatment.  Response categories 
include “a little,” “a lot,” and “very much” with corresponding scores of 1, 2, and 3, respectively; 
“not at all”, “not relevant” responses are scored as “0.”  Totals range from 0 to 30 (ie, from less 
to more impairment) and a 5-point change from baseline is considered clinically relevant (Finlay 
and Khan, 1994; Basra et al, 2008). 
11.6. 
Global Individual Signs Score 
For the Global Individual Signs Score (GISS), individual components of the AD lesions 
(erythema, infiltration/papulation, excoriations, and lichenification) will be rated globally (ie, 
each assessed for the whole body, not by anatomical region) on a 4-point scale (from 0=none to 
3=severe) using the EASI severity grading criteria. 
11.7. 
Body Surface Area Involvement of Atopic Dermatitis  
Body surface area (BSA) affected by AD will be assessed for each section of the body (the 
possible highest score for each region is: head and neck [9%], anterior trunk [18%], back [18%], 
upper limbs [18%], lower limbs [36%], and genitals [1%]) and will be reported as a percentage 
of all major body sections combined.   
11.8. 
Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale   
The Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale (HADS) is an instrument for screening anxiety and 
depression in non-psychiatric populations; repeated administration also provides information 
about changes to a patient’s emotional state (Zigmond and Snaith, 1983; Herrmann, 1997).  The 
HADS consists of 14 items, 7 each for anxiety and depression symptoms; possible scores range 
from 0 to 21 for each subscale.  The following cut-off scores are recommended for both 
subscales: 7 to 8 for possible presence, 10 to 11 for probable presence, and 14 to 15 for severe 
anxiety or depression.  
11.9. 
Patient-Oriented Eczema Measure 
The POEM is a 7-item, validated questionnaire used in clinical practice and clinical trials to 
assess disease symptoms in children and adults (Charman et al, 2004).  The format is a response 
to 7 items (dryness, itching, flaking, cracking, sleep loss, bleeding, and weeping) based on 
frequency during the past week (ie, 0 = no days, 1 = 1 to 2 days, 2 = 3 to 4 days, 3 = 5 to 6 days, 
and 4 = all days) with a scoring system of 0 to 28; the total score reflects disease-related 
morbidity. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 64 of 103 
11.10. 
EuroQol-5D 
The EuroQol-5D (EQ-5D) is a standardized measure of health status developed by the EuroQOL 
Group in order to provide a simple, generic measure of health for clinical and economic 
appraisal.  The EQ-5D consists of 2 parts: the descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue 
scale (EQVAS).  The EQ-5D descriptive system comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, 
self-care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression.  Each dimension has 3 levels 
of perceived problems: “no problems” (level 1), “some problems” (level 2), “extreme problems” 
(level 3).  The VAS scale is a 100-point scale with endpoints ranging from 100 – “best 
imaginable health state” to 0 – “worst imaginable health state”. 
11.11. 
Asthma Control Questionnaire-5 
The ACQ-5 is a 5-question version of the Juniper ACQ is a validated questionnaire to evaluate 
asthma control.  The questionnaire will be administered only to the subset of subjects with a 
medical history of asthma. 
11.12. 
Sino-nasal Outcome Test   
The Sino-nasal Outcome Test (SNOT-22) is a validated questionnaire to assess the impact of 
chronic rhinosinusitis on quality of life (QOL).  The questionnaire will be administered only to 
the subset of subjects with chronic inflammatory conditions of the nasal mucosa and/or paranasal 
sinuses (eg, chronic rhinitis/ rhinosinusitis, nasal polyps, allergic rhinitis).  
11.13. 
Patient Global Assessment of Disease 
Subjects will rate their overall wellbeing based on a 5-point Likert scale from poor to excellent.  
Subjects will be asked: “Considering all the ways in which your eczema affects you, indicate 
how well you are doing.” Response choices are: “Poor”; “Fair”; “Good”; “Very Good”; 
“Excellent.” 
11.14. 
Patient Global Assessment of Treatment  
Subjects will rate their satisfaction with the study treatment based on a 5-point Likert scale from 
poor to excellent.  Subjects will be asked: “How would you rate the way your eczema responded 
to the study medication?” Response choices are: “Poor”; “Fair”; “Good”; “Very Good”; 
“Excellent”. 
11.15. 
Assessment of Sick Leave and/or Missed School Days 
Subjects who are employed or enrolled in school will be asked to report the number of sick leave 
and/or missed school days due to atopic dermatitis (eg, vs due to an accident) in the last 4 weeks. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 65 of 103 
12. 
PHARMACOKINETIC, IMMUNOGENICITY AND 
PHARMACODYNAMIC (BIOMARKER), AND ASSESSMENTS 
12.1. 
Pharmacokinetic, Immunogenicity, and Pharmacodynamic 
(Biomarker) Blood Sampling Time Points and Allowed Windows 
All subjects who consent will have PK, PD and immunogenicity blood sampling.  An overview 
of blood sampling time points for the rich PK group, the sparse PK group, biomarkers and 
immunogenicity assessments is provided in Table 8.  
Blood samples will be collected as per routine phlebotomy procedures and at the time points 
specified below.  Blood samples will be collected during the course of the study through an 
indwelling cannula placed in forearm veins or alternatively, by a fresh clean venipuncture using 
a disposable sterilized syringe and a needle.  The cannulae will be maintained patent as per local 
practice; heparin should not be used. 
The actual sampling time will be recorded in the source documents and electronic case report 
form (eCRF). 
Actual collection times will be used during PK, PD (biomarker) and immunogenicity 
calculations.   
Details of sample collection, processing and storage will be outlined in a separate laboratory 
manual.   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 66 of 103 
Table 8: 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker), Pharmacokinetic, and Immunogenicity 
Blood Sampling Time Points  
Time Point 
Scheduled PD 
(Biomarker1) 
Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Rich PK 
Group Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Sparse PK 
Group Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Immunogenicity 
Blood Sampling 
Allowed 
Sampling Time 
Point Window 
Blinded Treatment phase 
Screening 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
N/A 
Screening period 
Day 1 Predose 
(baseline) 
X 
X 
N/A 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 1 (4 h post 
Dose 1) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±10 min 
Day 2 (24 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±1 h 
Day 5 (96 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±4 h 
Day 6 (120 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±6 h 
Day 8 (168 h) 
X 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±8 h 
Day 15±1 day 
(336 h); (Predose 
Dose 2) 
X 
X 
 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 29±1 day 
(672 h); (Predose 
Dose 3) 
X 
X 
 
N/A 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 43±1 day 
(1008 h); 
(Predose Dose 4) 
N/A 
X 
 
N/A 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 57±1 day 
(1344 h, (Predose 
Dose 5) 
X 
X 
 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 71±1 day 
(1680 h, (Predose 
Dose 6)  
N/A 
X 
 
N/A 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 85 (2016 h, 
(Predose Dose 7) 
X 
X 
 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 
Day 85 (2020 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±10 min 
Day 86 (2040 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±1 h 
Day 89 (2112 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±4 h 
Day 90 (2136 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±6 h 
Day 92 (2184 h) 
N/A 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
±8 h 
Day 99±1 day 
(2352 h, Predose 
Dose 8) 
X 
X 
 
X 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior to dosing 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 67 of 103 
Table 8: 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker), Pharmacokinetic, and Immunogenicity 
Blood Sampling Time Points  (Continued) 
Time Point 
Scheduled PD 
(Biomarker1) 
Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Rich PK 
Group Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Sparse PK 
Group Blood 
Sampling 
Scheduled 
Immunogenicity 
Blood Sampling 
Allowed 
Sampling Time 
Point Window 
 
Open-label Treatment phase 
Day 113±1 
day(2688 h),  
(Predose Dose 1 
of Open-Label 
Phase Treatment2) 
X 
X 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior dosing 
Day 127±2 days 
(Predose Dose 2)  
N/A 
X 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior dosing 
Day 141±2 days 
(Predose Dose 3) 
X 
X 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior dosing 
Day 169±2 days 
(Predose Dose 5) 
X 
N/A 
N/A 
Within 15 min 
prior dosing 
Day 197±2 days 
(Predose Dose 7) 
X 
X 
X 
Within 15 min 
prior dosing 
EOT/Early 
Discontinuation 
N/A 
X 
X 
±2 days 
 
Follow-up Phase 
12 Week Follow-
up/EOS 
N/A 
X 
X 
±5 days 
EOS = end of study; EOT = end of treatment; h = hours; min = minutes; N/A = not applicable; PD = 
pharmacodynamics; PK = pharmacokinetic; vfPBMC = viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells. 
Note: All hours shown in column 1 of the table are in relation to the initial blinded treatment dose on Day 1.  The 
first dose in the open-label treatment phase is on Day 113.  Subsequent doses are shown in parentheses in the first 
column of the table (eg predose Dose 2).       
1 Blood samples for biomarker assessments will be collected (see Section 12.4) when and where biomarker sample 
kits are available.  Biomarkers to be analyzed may include but not limited to leukocyte subpopulation cell counts 
by flow cytometry; cytokines; total IgE; vfPBMC; serum soluble OX40 and OX40 ligand. 
2 For the subset of subjects who have completed the GBR 830-204 study prior to implementation of the open-label 
protocol amendment, and provide informed consent to participate in the open-label treatment phase of the study, a 
PK, PD, and immunogenicity sample must be collected within 15 minutes prior to the first dose. 
12.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments 
Blood samples (3.5 mL each) will be collected at appropriate time points defined in Table 2, 
Table 3 and Table 8.   
An experimental population PK design will be used for the PK blood sampling.  The subjects in 
the rich PK group and will have additional blood sampling between Days 1 to 8 (Week 1), and 
Days 85 to 92 (Week 12).  Approximately 80 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 1:1:1:1 
ratio) to treatment Groups 1-4, and approximately 40 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 
1:1 ratio) to treatment Groups 5 and 6.  All subjects not participating in the rich PK group will be 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 68 of 103 
included under the sparse PK group.  Blood samples should be collected from rich and sparse PK 
group subjects according to the respective schedules described in Table 8.  The subjects in the 
sparse PK group will have widespread sampling with fewer time points for each subject, 
compared to the rich PK subjects.        
Details of sample collection, processing and storage will be outlined in a separate laboratory 
manual.  The samples will be shipped to the bioanalytical laboratory, as specified in the 
laboratory manual.  Serum concentrations of ISB 830 will be quantified using a validated 
enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) method.  In the blinded phase of the study, only 
the serum samples from subjects, belonging to treatment arms that received ISB 830 will be 
analyzed.  In order to enable this, a designated person at the bioanalytical site will be unblinded.  
In the open-label phase of the study, PK samples from all subjects will be analyzed.  All PK 
samples collected may be used for future exploratory PK analysis.  Any extra serum samples 
collected (and their derivatives) will be destroyed no later than 15 years and be further analyzed 
to address specific scientific questions related to ISB 830 (or as required by local regulations). 
12.3. 
Immunogenicity Assessments  
Blood samples (5 mL each) will be collected from all subjects at appropriate time points defined 
in Table 2, Table 3 and Table 8, to detect the presence of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830, 
as per procedures similar to collection of PK samples.  Antibodies generated against ISB 830 
will be detected and confirmed using a validated electrochemiluminescence immunoassay 
(ECLIA) method.  Details of sample collection, processing and storage and shipment to the 
bioanalytical laboratory will be outlined in a separate laboratory manual.   
12.4. 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Assessments   
All Subjects consented will provide required blood samples, including plasma, serum, whole 
blood, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells (vfPBMCs) and/or cell subsets, as 
specified at the listed time points in Table 2, Table 3, and Table 8.    
These blood samples will be collected at all sites (when and where biomarker sample kits are 
available).  The collection of these samples should be explained to the subject by the study 
investigator/site staff at the time of written informed consent.   
These samples may be used for biomarker research during the trial and/or at future time points, 
after the study has been completed.  Results of this biomarker research will not be provided to 
the subject, and are not to be used for clinical decision-making, but may be used by the Sponsor 
to guide future research and/or drug development.   
The samples may be used to examine disease activity, autoimmunity/inflammation, ISB 830 
mechanism of action, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on the course of disease.  All samples 
collected (and their derivatives) will be destroyed no later than 15 years after the completion of 
the study (or as required by local regulations).  Details of sample collection, processing, shipping 
and storage will be provided to the study sites in a separate manual. 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 69 of 103 
12.4.1. 
Leukocyte Sub-population Cell Counts by Flow Cytometry 
Blood samples (8.5 mL each) for vfPBMC and/or cell subsets will be collected at appropriate 
time points defined in Table 2, Table 3, and Table 8.  The details of sample collection, 
processing and storage will be outlined in the laboratory manual. 
12.4.2. 
Biomarkers in Peripheral Blood  
Blood samples (plasma and/or serum) will be collected at appropriate time points defined in 
Table 2, Table 3, and Table 8.  The details of sample collection, processing and storage will be 
outlined in the laboratory manual.  
12.4.3. 
Total Immunoglobulin E  
Subjects with AD often have elevated immunoglobulin E (IgE).  Total IgE levels have been 
found to modestly correlate with AD severity and may be involved in the pathogenesis of the 
disease.  Changes in total IgE reflects not only on AD, but atopy in general.  Baseline IgE levels 
will be assessed for potential predictive value for treatment response.  Post-treatment samples 
will be evaluated for effects of ISB 830 on total IgE.  Blood samples will be collected at 
appropriate time points defined in Table 2, Table 3, and Table 8.  Detailed instructions for blood 
sample collection will be outlined in the laboratory manual. 
12.4.4. 
Serum Soluble OX40 Ligand and Serum Soluble OX40 
Blood samples (3.5 mL) for the estimation of soluble OX40L and soluble OX40 in serum will be 
collected from subjects at the time points specified in Table 2 and Table 8.  The details of sample 
collection, processing and storage will be outlined in the laboratory manual.  Serum 
concentrations of soluble OX40 L and soluble OX40 will be quantified using a suitable 
analytical method.   
12.4.5. 
Exploratory Photographs  
Subjects who agree to participate in the main study, also agree to allow photography of their skin 
(excluding pictures of the subject’s face) during study participation at specified time points as 
per Table 2 and Table 3.  Photographs of the subject’s skin (with the exception of the face) may 
also be taken at additional time points, as per investigator judgment. 
The photographs may be used to examine disease activity, autoimmunity/inflammation, ISB 830 
mechanism of action, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on the course of disease.   
Details of photograph collection, processing, shipping and storage will be provided to the study 
sites in a separate manual.  
12.4.6. 
Optional Genetic Research/Pharmacogenomics Assessments 
Subjects who provide written consent for Optional Genetic Research agree to provide a blood 
sample (one sample may be collected at any visit during the study) to evaluate genetic sequences 
that may be involved in disease activity, inflammation, study drug mechanism of action, 
PK/metabolism, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on the course of disease.  Subjects may 
decline this optional research without effect on their participation in the main study. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 70 of 103 
13. 
ASSESSMENT OF SAFETY 
13.1. 
Safety Parameters 
Safety and tolerability of ISB 830 will be assessed, including AEs; SAEs; TEAEs; anaphylactic 
events; ISRs; vital signs; physical examinations; electrocardiograms (ECGs); and clinical 
laboratory parameters, as detailed in the Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3).    
Guidance will be given to the investigator for the criteria to be used to assess anaphylaxis 
(Sampson et al, 2006), see Section 13.2.1.4.  Injection site reactions will be assessed according to 
the CTCAE v4.03 (CTCAE v4.03, 2010).    
Pandemic Related Safety Assessments: 
To ensure the ongoing safety of subjects during the pandemic, study subjects who miss or are 
unable to attend scheduled clinic visits will be contacted by the site via a safety phone call that 
includes the collection of AEs/SAEs and concomitant medications.  This phone call is to be 
performed for every missed visit that occurs during the pandemic.  If the subject meets other 
criteria, eg, for withdrawal/discontinuation of the study drug, the site is to follow the protocol in 
regard to those criteria.   
Subject withdrawal/discontinuation criteria are outlined in Section 8.3. 
In case of premature discontinuation, the reason must be documented.  All appropriate 
assessments should be conducted at the EOT visit.  If the withdrawal is due to an AE, the AE 
should be monitored until it is resolved, stabilizes or has returned to a status that was prior to the 
AE (see Section 13.4.1).  
13.1.1. 
Demographic/Medical History 
Subject demography information will be collected at the Screening visit.  Demography 
information includes date of birth, sex, and race/ethnicity.   
Medical and surgical history, current medical conditions and smoking status will be recorded at 
the Screening visit.   
13.1.2. 
Vital Signs 
Examination of vital signs will be performed as designated on the Schedule of Assessments 
(Table 2 and Table 3).  
Vital sign measurements (ie, systolic and diastolic blood pressure [mmHg], pulse rate [beats per 
minute], respiratory rate [per minute] and oral or tympanic temperature [degrees in Celsius]) will 
be obtained at the visits designated on the Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3) by 
standard methods.  Blood pressure and pulse rate will be measured after the subject has been 
supine for 5 minutes.  All blood pressure measurements should be performed on the same arm, as 
much as possible. 
13.1.3. 
Weight and Height 
Body weight (in kg), height (in cm) and body mass index (BMI) will be assessed at the 
Screening visit.  Body weight will be assessed at the final Follow-up visit. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 71 of 103 
Body mass index will be calculated as weight (in kg)/height (in m2).   
13.1.4. 
Physical Examination 
Physical examinations (comprehensive or symptom directed/targeted examination) will be 
performed as designated on the Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3).  A 
comprehensive physical examination will include head, eyes, ears, nose and throat (HEENT), 
cardiovascular system, respiratory system, musculoskeletal system, skin (non-atopic dermatitis 
related), gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, and a brief neurological examination.  
Sign/symptom-directed examination might be performed as per the Investigator’s discretion.  
Documentation of the physical examination will be included in the source documentation at the 
site.  Significant findings at the Screening Visit will be recorded on the Medical History CRF.  
Changes from screening physical examination findings that meet the definition of an AE will be 
recorded on the Adverse Events eCRF.   
13.1.5. 
Electrocardiogram   
Electrocardiograms (single 12-lead ECGs) will be obtained as designated on the Schedule of 
Assessments (Table 2).  A central ECG vendor will be used.  Subjects must be in a supine or 
recumbent position for a period of 5 minutes prior to the ECG.   
A physician will have to perform a clinical assessment of each 12-lead ECG.  PR, QT and 
corrected QT (QTc) intervals, QRS duration and pulse rate will be recorded.  The QT interval 
will be corrected for pulse rate (QTc) using Fridericia’s formula.  A copy of the ECG tracing has 
to be stored as source data. 
The following ECG parameters will be recorded: heart rate (HR), RR interval (RR), PR interval, 
QRS-duration, QT interval, QT interval corrected for HR (QTc) corrected according to 
Fridericia’s formula (QTcF), QTc corrected according to Bazett’s formula (QTcB), and the 
Investigator’s conclusion on the ECG profile. 
Fridericia’s formula (QTcF): 
 
 (observed QT interval divided by cube root of RR interval, in seconds) 
Bazett’s formula (QTcB): 
 (observed QT interval divided by square root of RR interval, in seconds) 
Abnormalities in an ECG will be assessed as “clinically significant” or “not clinically 
significant.” 
An ECG abnormality may meet the criteria of an AE as described in this protocol (see 
Section 13.2.1).   
For ECG abnormalities meeting criteria of an SAE (see Section 13.2.1.3, the site must fax or 
email the SAE report including the ECG report (with Subject ID only, and subject’s name 
masked) to the Sponsor using the SAE form (see Regulatory Reporting Requirements for SAEs 
[see Section 13.5]). 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 72 of 103 
13.1.6. 
Laboratory Assessments 
A list of the clinical laboratory tests to be performed is included in Appendix 1, Table 11.  The 
Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3) show the visits and time points at which blood 
for clinical laboratory tests and urine for urinalysis will be collected in the study.  Subjects 
should be in a seated or supine position during blood collection.   
A central laboratory should usually be used to measure laboratory parameters that are to be 
assessed as part of the safety analyses for the Clinical Study Report (CSR).  Local laboratories 
may be used in cases of a safety concern during the study, in which case the blood sample would 
be split (or 2 samples collected) to allow both a local laboratory and a central laboratory analysis.  
In such cases, the local laboratory result(s) will be considered part of the source documentation 
only and the central laboratory result will be entered into the clinical database.  Local laboratory 
reports from non-split samples generated to follow safety concerns will be contained in the 
source documentation. 
Any abnormal clinical laboratory test results (hematology, blood chemistry, or urinalysis) that 
worsen from baseline and considered to be clinically significant in the medical and scientific 
judgment of the Investigator are to be recorded as AEs or SAEs. 
13.1.6.1. Virus Serology 
Serology will be performed for HBsAg, anti-HBcAg, anti-HCV, and HIV at screening only. 
13.1.6.2. Pregnancy Testing 
For women of childbearing potential (WOCBP), a urine pregnancy test may be performed at the 
initial screening visit, at the Investigator’s discretion.  Serum beta-human chorionic gonadotropin 
(β-HCG) is required within 7 days prior to randomization and at the end of study follow-up visit; 
all other visits may be urine pregnancy tests.  The pregnancy test on Day 1 must be negative 
prior to randomization.  If a serum pregnancy test is performed on Day 1, it is not necessary to 
perform a urine pregnancy test the same day. 
For postmenopausal women only, FSH screening will be performed at screening to confirm 
non-childbearing potential (FSH ≥40 IU/L). 
FSH testing, and serum pregnancy and urine pregnancy testing will be performed by a central 
laboratory.  Screening pregnancy testing required within 7 days prior to randomization, will be 
performed by a central laboratory and may be performed by a local laboratory if timing 
necessitates.  
13.1.6.3. Confirmation of Medical Care by Another Physician  
The Investigator will instruct subjects to inform clinical site personnel when they are planning to 
receive medical care by another physician.  At each visit, the Investigator will ask the subject 
whether he/she has received medical care by another physician since the last visit or is planning 
to do so in the future.  When the subject is going to receive medical care by another physician, 
the Investigator, with the consent of the subject, will inform the other physician that the subject 
is participating in the clinical study. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 73 of 103 
13.1.7. 
Estimate of Volume of Blood to be Collected 
The estimated amount of blood to be collected for clinical safety lab tests including pregnancy 
testing and FSH testing is 7 mL per visit, the estimated amount of blood to be collected for each 
PK blood draw per visit is 3.5 mL and the estimated amount of blood to be collected for each 
immunogenicity blood draw is 5 mL.  The estimated amount of blood to be collected for each 
biomarker analysis is 23.5 mL, including blood for vfPBMCs. 
The total maximum amount of blood that may be collected per subject in the study, including all 
safety labs, immunogenicity, rich PK and biomarker samples, and optional PG blood sample 
over 70 weeks is approximately 538 mL.  
13.2. 
Adverse and Serious Adverse Events 
The Investigator or site staff will be responsible for detecting, documenting, and reporting events 
that meet the definition of an AE or SAE. 
The reference safety information for this study is the current GBR 830/ISB 830 IB.  
13.2.1. 
Definition of Adverse Events 
13.2.1.1. Adverse Event 
An AE is defined as any untoward medical occurrence in a subject administered study drug that 
does not necessarily have a causal relationship with the treatment.  An AE can, therefore, be any 
unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal laboratory finding), symptom or disease 
(new or exacerbated) temporally associated with the use of the study drug, whether or not related 
to the study drug.  An AE includes any event, regardless of the presumed causality between the 
event and the study drug.  
Events that, while not necessarily meeting the definition of AEs, should be treated as such 
because they may be reportable to Regulatory Authorities according to AE reporting regulations, 
whether or not considered causally associated with IP, include the following: 
• Study drug overdose, whether accidental or intentional. 
• Study drug abuse. 
• An event occurring from study drug withdrawal. 
• Any failure of expected pharmacological action. 
• Inadvertent or accidental study drug exposure (eg, product leaking or being spilled 
onto a subject or care-giver). 
• Medication errors (ie, incorrect route of administration, incorrect dosage, use of 
incorrect product).  
Events that do not meet the definition of an AE include: 
• Medical or surgical procedure (eg, endoscopy, appendectomy); the condition that 
leads to the procedure is an AE. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 74 of 103 
• Situations where an untoward medical occurrence did not occur (social and/or 
convenience admission to a hospital). 
• Anticipated day-to-day fluctuations of pre-existing disease(s) or condition(s) present 
or detected at the start of the study that do not worsen. 
• The disease/disorder being studied or expected progression, signs, or symptoms of the 
disease/disorder being studied, unless more severe than expected for the subject’s 
condition.   
Note that significant worsening of symptoms (ie, requiring systemic steroids, antibiotics, or 
hospitalization) will be reported as an AE.  For guidance on hospitalization, including planned 
hospitalization, emergency department visits, and prolongation of existing hospitalization, please 
refer to Section 13.2.1.3. 
13.2.1.2. Assessment of Severity of Adverse Events 
The severity of AEs is classified (Table 9) according to the CTCAE v4.03 that was published 14-
Jun-2010 by the US Department of Health and Human Services (National Institutes of Health 
[NIH] and National Cancer Institute [NCI]).  
Table 9: 
Classification of Severity of Adverse Events (CTCAE v4.03) 
Grade 1 
Mild 
Asymptomatic or mild symptoms; clinical or diagnostic 
observations only; intervention not indicated. 
Grade 2 
Moderate 
Minimal, local or noninvasive intervention indicated; limiting age-
appropriate instrumental activities of daily living1 (ADL). 
Grade 3 
Severe 
Severe or medically significant but not immediately life-threatening; 
hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization indicated; disabling; 
limiting self-care ADL2. 
Grade 4 
Life-threatening 
Urgent intervention indicated. 
Grade 5 
Death 
Death related to AE. 
ADL = activities of daily living; AE = adverse event; CTCAE = Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events. 
1 Instrumental ADL refers to preparing meals, shopping for groceries or clothes, using the telephone, managing 
money, etc. 
2 Self-care ADL refers to bathing, dressing and undressing, feeding self, using the toilet, taking medications, and not 
bedridden. 
Source: CTCAE v4.03, 2010  
The criteria for assessing severity are different from those used for seriousness (see Serious 
Adverse Events [see Section 13.2.1.3] for the definition of an SAE). 
13.2.1.3. Serious Adverse Events   
A SAE is any untoward medical occurrence that, at any dose: 
• Results in death 
• Is life-threatening 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 75 of 103 
− NOTE: The term 'life-threatening' in the definition of 'serious' refers to an event in 
which the subject was at risk of death at the time of the event.  It does not refer to 
an event, which hypothetically might have caused death, if it were more severe. 
• May result in inpatient hospitalization or prolongation of existing hospitalization.  
Hospitalization is defined as any inpatient admission (even if less than 24 hours).  
Inpatient admission does not include the following: 
− Emergency Room department visits 
− Outpatient/same day/ambulatory procedures/observation/short-stay units 
− Hospice facilities/respite care 
− Rehabilitation facilities 
− NOTE: In general, hospitalization signifies that the subject has been detained 
(usually involving at least an overnight stay) at the hospital or emergency ward 
for observation and/or treatment that would not have been appropriate in the 
physician’s office or outpatient setting.  Complications that occur during 
hospitalization are AEs.  If a complication prolongs hospitalization or fulfills any 
other serious criteria, the event is serious.  When in doubt as to whether 
“hospitalization” occurred or was necessary, the AE should be considered serious. 
• Hospitalization for elective treatment of a pre-existing condition that did not worsen 
from baseline is not considered an AE. 
• A hospitalization planned prior to study enrollment is to be considered a therapeutic 
intervention and not the result of a new SAE.  If the planned hospitalization or 
procedure is executed as planned, it will be recorded in the subject’s medical history 
or procedures.  However, if the event/condition worsens during the study, it must be 
reported as an AE. 
• Emergency room visits that do not result in a hospital admission should be evaluated 
for one of the other serious outcomes (eg, life-threatening; required intervention to 
prevent permanent impairment or damage; other serious medically important event). 
• Results in disability/incapacity 
− NOTE: The term disability means a substantial disruption of a person’s ability to 
conduct normal life functions.  This definition is not intended to include 
experiences of relatively minor medical significance such as uncomplicated 
headache, nausea, vomiting, diarrhea, influenza, and accidental trauma (eg, 
sprained ankle) that may interfere or prevent everyday life functions but do not 
constitute a substantial disruption. 
• Is a congenital anomaly/birth defect 
Medical or scientific judgment should be exercised in deciding whether reporting is appropriate 
in other situations, such as important medical events that may not be immediately life-
threatening or result in death or hospitalization but may jeopardize the subject or may require 
medical or surgical intervention to prevent one of the other outcomes listed in the above 
definition.  These should also be considered serious.  Examples of such events are invasive or 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 76 of 103 
malignant cancers, intensive treatment in an emergency room or at home for allergic 
bronchospasm, blood dyscrasias or convulsions that do not result in hospitalization, or 
development of drug dependency or drug abuse. 
13.2.1.4. Clinical Criteria for Diagnosing Anaphylaxis   
Clinical criteria to be used for diagnosing anaphylaxis (Sampson et al, 2006) are shown in 
Table 10.  The Investigator should also use these criteria when reporting the event. 
Table 10: 
Clinical Criteria for Diagnosing Anaphylaxis 
Anaphylaxis is highly likely when any one of the following 3 criteria are fulfilled: 
1. 
Acute onset of an illness (minutes to several hours) with involvement of the skin, mucosal tissue, or both 
(eg, generalized hives, pruritus or flushing, swollen lips-tongue-uvula) 
AND AT LEAST ONE OF THE FOLLOWING 
a. 
Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced PEF, hypoxemia) 
b. Reduced BP or associated symptoms of end-organ dysfunction (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, 
incontinence) 
2. 
Two or more of the following that occur rapidly after exposure to a likely allergen for that subject (minutes 
to several hours): 
 
a.  Involvement of the skin-mucosal tissue (eg, generalized hives, itch-flush, swollen lips-tongue-
uvula) 
 
b.  Respiratory compromise (eg, dyspnea, wheeze-bronchospasm, stridor, reduced PEF, hypoxemia) 
 
c.  Reduced BP or associated symptoms (eg, hypotonia [collapse], syncope, incontinence) 
 
d.  Persistent gastrointestinal symptoms (eg, crampy abdominal pain, vomiting) 
3. 
Reduced BP after exposure to known allergen for that patient (minutes to several hours): 
 
a.  Infants and children: low systolic BP (age specific) or greater than 30% decrease in systolic BP* 
 
b.  Adults: systolic BP of less than 90 mm Hg or greater than 30% decrease from that person’s 
baseline 
BP = blood pressure; PEF = peak expiratory flow. 
*Low systolic blood pressure for children is defined as: less than 70 mm Hg from 1 month to 1 year; less than 
(70 mm Hg + [2 x age]) from 1 to 10 years; and less than 90 mm Hg from 11 to 17 years. 
Source: (Sampson et al, 2006), Table 1. 
13.3. 
Relationship to Study Drug 
The relationship of AEs to study medication is classified as follows: 
• Not Related: A causal relationship between the study treatment and the AE is not a 
reasonable possibility 
• Related: A causal relationship between the study treatment and the AE is a reasonable 
possibility  
Items to be considered when assessing the relationship of an AE to the study treatment are: 
• Temporal relationship of the onset of the event to the initiation of the study treatment 
• The course of the event, especially the effect of discontinuation of study treatment or 
reintroduction of study treatment, as applicable 
• Whether the event is known to be associated with the study treatment or with other 
similar treatments 
• The presence of risk factors in the study subject known to increase the occurrence of 
the event 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 77 of 103 
• The presence of non-study treatment-related factors that are known to be associated 
with the occurrence of the event. 
For each AE, the Investigator should answer the following question with Yes or No: 
• Was there a reasonable possibility (evidence) that the drug caused the AE?  
− A reasonable possibility means that there are facts (evidence) or arguments to 
suggest a causal relationship. 
− NOTE: For subjects who have not started receiving study medication, or run-in 
phase medications, the answer must be no. 
13.4. 
Recording Adverse Events 
13.4.1. 
Collection of Adverse Events 
The Investigator or site staff is responsible for detecting, documenting and reporting events that 
meet the definition of an AE or SAE. 
AEs will be collected from the time of signing the ICF until the final Follow-up visit. 
SAEs will be collected over the same time period as stated above for AEs.  Any SAEs assessed 
as related to study participation (eg, study drug, protocol mandated procedures, invasive tests, or 
change in existing therapy) or related to a concomitant medication that is a Ichnos  
Sciences product, will be recorded from the time a subject consents to participate in the study up 
to and including any follow-up contact.  All SAEs will be reported to the Sponsor within 24 
hours, as indicated in Section 13.5.  
The Investigator will enquire about the occurrence of AEs/SAEs at every visit throughout the 
study (including Follow-up and Early Withdrawal visits where applicable), by asking the 
following non-leading verbal question of the subject (or care-giver, where appropriate): 
• “Have you had any medical problems since your last visit?” 
All AEs not resolved by the end of the study or that have not resolved upon the subject’s 
discontinuation in the study must be followed until the event resolves, the event stabilizes or the 
event returns to baseline if a baseline value is available. 
13.4.2. 
Recording of Adverse Events 
All AEs, regardless of the seriousness, severity or relationship to the study medication must be 
recorded on the AE eCRF.  
Adverse events that meet the definition of an SAE must be reported on the SAE Form provided 
for this study. 
Adverse events must be documented in clear, unambiguous medical language.  Do not use 
abbreviations or acronyms.  
For each AE record only the diagnosis, do not report the characteristic signs and symptoms of 
the diagnosis as additional AEs.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 78 of 103 
If a diagnosis is not available record each sign and symptom as an AE, when a diagnosis 
becomes available, update the AE eCRF, to record the relevant diagnosis only. 
In general, abnormal findings at screening should be recorded in the subject’s Medical History or 
in the Concurrent Conditions section in the eCRF.  However, if in the Investigators opinion, the 
finding is clinically significant and represents a condition that was not present at signing of 
informed consent, then the finding must be reported as an AE. 
13.5. 
Reporting Adverse Events 
Prompt notification of SAEs by the Investigator to the Sponsor is essential so that legal 
obligations and ethical responsibilities towards the safety of subjects are met. 
The Sponsor has a legal responsibility to notify both the local regulatory authority and other 
regulatory agencies about the safety of a product under clinical investigation.  The Sponsor will 
comply with country-specific regulatory requirements relating to safety reporting to the 
regulatory authority, IRB/IEC and Investigators. 
All SAEs must be reported to the Sponsor immediately or within 24 hours of the Investigator or 
their staff becoming aware of them.  Reporting should be performed by recording as much 
information as is available at the time on the SAE Form and sending it to the contact information 
provided below:  
  
 
When further information becomes available, the SAE Form should be updated with the new 
information and reported immediately via the same contact information.  Follow-up reports must 
be submitted to the Sponsor until the event resolves, the event stabilizes or the event returns to 
baseline if a baseline value is available. 
Additional information will be requested by the Sponsor as necessary. 
13.5.1. 
Pregnancy 
The Investigator will attempt to collect pregnancy information on any female partner of a male 
study subject who becomes pregnant while participating in this study.  The Investigator will 
record pregnancy information on the appropriate form and submit it to the Sponsor within 
2 weeks of learning of the partner’s pregnancy.  The partner will also be followed to determine 
the outcome of the pregnancy.  Information on the status of the mother and child will be 
forwarded to the Sponsor.  Generally, follow-up will be no longer than 6 to 8 weeks following 
the estimated delivery date.  Any premature termination of the pregnancy will be reported. 
Any pregnancy that occurs during study participation must be reported to the Sponsor, using a 
clinical trial pregnancy form, immediately or within 24 hours of the Investigator learning of its 
occurrence.  The report should contain as much information as possible and should be sent to:  
   

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 79 of 103 
 
When further information becomes available, the Pregnancy Report Form should be updated 
with all new information and reported immediately via the same contact information above.  The 
Pregnancy must be followed up to determine outcome (including premature termination) and 
status of mother and child, and this information must be sent to the Sponsor as above.  Pregnancy 
complications and elective terminations for medical reasons must be reported as an AE or SAE.  
Spontaneous abortions must be reported as an SAE. 
Additional information will be requested by the Sponsor as necessary. 
Any SAE occurring in association with a pregnancy brought to the Investigator’s attention after 
the subject has completed the study and considered by the Investigator as possibly related to the 
study drug, must be promptly reported to the Sponsor. 
14. 
TIMING OF STUDY ASSESSMENTS  
Study procedures and assessments are summarized across all study visits within the Schedule of 
Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3).  Pharmacokinetic, immunogenicity, and biomarker blood 
sampling time points and allowed windows are described in Table 8.   
Patient reported assessments should be completed before investigator assessments.  If 
assessments are planned for the same scheme time, the order of the assessments should be 
performed in the following order: vital signs, ECG, PK and immunogenicity blood sampling, AD 
photography, and study drug dosing.  PK blood sampling should occur exactly on time.  Samples 
collected outside the window period will be reported as protocol deviations.  Irrespective of 
whether the PK samples were collected within the allowed window period or outside the allowed 
window period, the actual time point of sampling will be recorded (in the eCRF) and this time 
point will be used for the calculation of PK parameters. 
Blood samples will be collected as per routine phlebotomy procedures at time points specified in 
Table 2, Table 3, and Table 8. 
14.1. 
Screening Period (Day -28 to Day -1)   
Screening should be conducted within the 28 days before the randomization to study treatment 
(Day 1).  Before performing any procedures or assessments, the nature of the study and the 
potential risks associated with the study must be explained to all subjects and written informed 
consent must be obtained.   
An electronic subject diary device will be given to each subject at the screening visit.  The 
subject will be trained on the use of the device.  This device will be used for the Pruritus NRS 
scale and other observations required for screening (see Table 2, Schedule of Assessments).  The 
subject will be instructed to enter the data every morning at a designated time and how to record 
them.  A minimum of 3 days of diary must be recorded in the week prior to randomization.  The 
subject must enter data into the electronic subject diary every day from start of screening period 
to Day 113 (Week 16).   
Once informed consent for the study (and Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act 
[HIPAA] authorization or other locally required documentation, as applicable) has been 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 80 of 103 
obtained, procedures and evaluations listed in Schedule of Assessment (SoA, Table 2 and 
Table 3) will be performed.  
At the discretion of the Investigator, 1 re-test will be allowed at screening for laboratory 
investigations other than viral serology, to confirm findings for clinical conditions that are 
considered to be acute, reversible, and non-serious. 
Subjects who have completed the study or are in follow-up at the time the open-label protocol 
amendment is implemented and provide written informed consent to participate in the open-label 
treatment phase of the study, will undergo a modified screening visit which includes, Informed 
Consent, Medical History, Inclusion/Exclusion Criteria (with the exception of Inclusion Criteria 
5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and Exclusion Criteria 1 and 5), Prior and Concomitant Medication Evaluation, 
Vital Signs, Physical Examination (Comprehensive), Weight, 12-Lead ECG, Clinical Laboratory 
Assessments, Serology, TB Testing, Urine Pregnancy Test, ACQ-5, Immunogenicity blood 
samples, PK blood samples IGA/EASI (Investigator completed), and Adverse Event Assessment.   
14.2. 
Treatment Period 
At each visit, the procedures and evaluations described for the visit in the SoA are to be 
performed (Table 2 and Table 3). 
14.2.1. 
Blinded Treatment Phase 
The blinded treatment phase consists of following visits. 
• Day 1 (Baseline and Randomization) 
• Day 2 to Day 6 (Rich PK Group): Blood samples will be collected as per routine 
phlebotomy procedures and at time points specified in Table 2 and Table 8.   
• Non-Dosing Day Visits: Day 8 (Week 1)  
• Dosing Days: Day 15±1 (Week 2), Day 29±1 (Week 4), Day 43±1 (Week 6), 
Day 57±1 (Week 8), Day 71±1 (Week 10), Day 85 (Week 12), Day 99±1 (week 14) 
• Days 85 (Week 12) to Day 92 (Week 13) (Rich PK Group only)    
•  Blinded End of Treatment/Early Discontinuation: Day 113±1 (Week 16)  
14.2.2. 
Start of Open-label Treatment Phase: Day 113  
All blinded EOT treatment phase assessments must be completed prior to open-label treatment 
dosing. 
Note: The subset of subjects who have completed the GBR 830-204 study prior to 
implementation of the open-label protocol amendment and provide informed consent to 
participate in the open-label treatment phase of the study, will undergo the modified screening 
assessments on Day 113. 
Modified Screening Visit includes informed consent, medical history, eligibility for 
inclusion/exclusion criteria (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, and 
exclusion criteria 1 and 5), prior and concomitant medications, vital signs, comprehensive 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 81 of 103 
physical examination, weight, 12-Lead ECG, clinical laboratory, serology, TB testing, urine 
pregnancy test, ACQ-5, IGA/EASI (Investigator completed), and adverse event assessment.   
On the Week 16 (Day 113) visit, the following assessments must be completed prior to study 
drug administration: prior and concomitant medications, vital signs, physical examination 
(comprehensive or targeted), clinical laboratory, urine pregnancy test, immunogenicity blood 
samples, PK blood samples, IGA/EASI (Investigator Completed), ACQ-5, adverse events 
assessment. 
14.2.3. 
Open-label Treatment Phase/Long-term Assessments 
The open-label treatment phase consists of the following visits: 
• Dosing Days: Day 113 (Week 16) to Day 364 (Week 52): The window period for each 
visit during this period is ±2 days except the visit on Day 113±1. 
• Open-label End of Treatment Phase/Early Discontinuation: Day 379 (Week 54) 
14.3. 
Follow-up Period: Week 58, Week 62 and Week 66 
The follow up period will consist of a phone call 4 weeks and 8 weeks, and a final 12 week 
follow up clinic visit after last EOT.  
Weeks 58 and 62 will be phone contacts only.  Week 66 will be an in-person clinic visit. 
Refer to Section 8.3 if at any time point a subject is withdrawn from the study.  In the event of 
early withdrawal, assessments will be performed as soon as possible after a subject withdraws 
from the study.  A subject, who has completed blinded or open-label study drug treatment, 
will be asked to complete all procedures scheduled for the EOT visits at time of completion 
(Day 113 [Week 16], or Day 379 [Week 54], respectively).  The subject should continue to the 
follow-up period for a phone call 4 weeks and 8 weeks after the EOT visit and a final follow 
up visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit, unless the subject withdraws consent or is lost to follow-
up. 
After the end of participation in the study, the subject will be treated, as needed, at the discretion 
of the Investigator.  Every effort should be made to contact the subject for a follow-up if the 
subject has not returned to the clinic for scheduled visits (lost-to-follow-up subject) to ensure the 
safety of the subject. 
15. 
STATISTICS 
The Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) will be written to provide details of the analysis, along with 
specifications for tables, listings, and figures to be produced.  The SAP will be finalized before 
the database lock at the latest.  If there are differences, the information in the SAP will supersede 
the information in the protocol.  Any changes from the analyses planned in the SAP will be 
justified in the CSR. 
All analyses will be performed by the Sponsor (or designee Contract Research Organization 
[CRO]) using SAS® software program version 9.3 or above.  In general, all data will be 
summarized with descriptive statistics (number of subjects, mean, and standard deviation [SD], 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 82 of 103 
minimum, median, and maximum) for continuous variables and frequency and percentage for 
categorical variables. 
15.1. 
Sample Size  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15.2. 
Analysis Sets 
15.2.1. 
Full Analysis Set 
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) consists of all subjects who are randomized and received at least 1 
dose of study medication.  Based on the intent-to-treat principle, subjects will be analyzed 
according to the treatment group assigned. 
15.2.2. 
Per Protocol Set 
The Per Protocol Set (PPS) consists of all FAS subjects who have no major protocol deviations 
of eligibility or on-treatment study conduct.  
15.2.3. 
Safety Analysis Set  
The Safety Analysis Set (SAS) consists of all subjects who were randomized and took at least 1 
dose of study medication.  Subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment they received. 
15.2.4. 
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set 
The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset of the SAS population who 
received ISB 830 and for whom sufficient serum concentration data are available to facilitate 
derivation of PK parameters, do not have any major protocol deviation, and for whom the time of 
dosing and the time of sampling are known.  Additional subjects may be excluded from the 
PKAS at the discretion of the pharmacokineticist.  Any formal definitions for exclusion of 
subjects or time points from the PKAS will be documented in the SAP.  
15.3. 
Endpoints  
15.3.1. 
Primary Endpoint 
• Percentage change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 83 of 103 
15.3.2. 
Secondary Endpoint(s) 
Efficacy Endpoints: 
• Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) at Week 16.  
• Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction 
from baseline >2 points at Week 16. 
• Proportion of subjects with improvement (reduction) of Pruritus Numerical Rating 
Scale (NRS) ≥4 from baseline to Week 16.  
• Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) 
response from baseline through Week 16.  
• Change in SCORAD from baseline through Week 16.  
• Change in the DLQI from baseline through Week 16. 
• Change in GISS (erythema, infiltration/population, excoriations, lichenification) from 
baseline through Week 16. 
• Change in HADS from baseline through Week 16. 
• Change in POEM from baseline through Week 16. 
• Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Disease from baseline 
through Week 16. 
• Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Treatment from 
baseline through Week 16. 
• Assessment of sick leave and/or missed school days through Week 16. 
 Safety Endpoints: 
• Incidence of TEAEs from baseline through Week 16 and Week 54.  
• Incidence of skin infection TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• Incidence of conjunctivitis TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• Incidence of treatment-emergent SAEs from baseline through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• Incidence of TEAEs leading to treatment discontinuation from baseline through Week 
16 and Week 54. 
• Overall number of TEAEs and SAEs through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• Vital signs, clinical laboratory values, and ECG results monitored from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
• Formation of ADA to ISB 830 to evaluate immunogenicity.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 84 of 103 
Pharmacokinetics Endpoints: 
• Cmax, tmax, AUC0-tau, AUC from time 0 to the last measurable concentration (AUC0-t), 
and other related parameters will be estimated using data from the rich PK group 
from the blinded treatment phase.  Ctrough values will be estimated using data from 
both rich and sparse PK groups from the blinded treatment phase.  
15.3.3. 
Exploratory Endpoints 
Samples for exploratory biomarker endpoints will be collected when and where biomarker 
sample kits are available.  
Exploratory biomarker endpoints are: 
• Messenger RNA (mRNA) expression of immune and barrier measures in skin 
biopsies at baseline, end of Week 8, and end of Week 16.     
• Biomarker analysis in ISB 830 responder and non-responder populations, to evaluate 
the relationship of biomarkers with clinical efficacy measures. 
• Assays on plasma, serum, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
(vfPBMCs) and/or cell subsets/derivatives. 
Exploratory efficacy endpoints are:  
• Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction 
from baseline of ≥2 points through Week 54.  
• Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) through 
Week 54. 
• Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI 50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) 
through Week 54. 
• Change in the EQ-5D through Week 16.  
• Change in Juniper ACQ-5 from baseline through Week 16. 
• Change in the SNOT-22 from baseline through Week 16. 
• To assess qualitative changes in Photographs of skin lesions taken at time points 
specified in the SoA (Table 2 and Table 3). 
15.4. 
Subject Disposition  
Data on subject disposition (number of subjects enrolled, number of drop-outs, and reasons for 
drop-out), demographics (gender, age, height), and other baseline characteristics will be 
summarized.  The safety, tolerability, PK, and other data from the study will be listed and 
summarized descriptively by treatment.  The number (percentage) of subjects who were screened 
for the study (enrolled subjects, ie, those who signed informed consent) and reasons for screen 
failure will be described. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 85 of 103 
15.5. 
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics 
Demographics and other baseline characteristics will be summarized by treatment group for the 
FAS.  Descriptive statistics will include number of subjects, mean, SD, minimum, median and 
maximum for continuous variables, and frequency and percentage for categorical variables.  
Continuous demographic and baseline variables include age, height and body weight, and BMI; 
categorical variables include gender, race, and ethnicity.   
15.6. 
Efficacy Analyses 
The primary efficacy analysis will be the percentage change from baseline in EASI score, and 
the secondary efficacy analysis will be the IGA and EASI 75 (subjects achieving 75% reduction 
from baseline in EASI score).  The IGA is an assessment instrument used in clinical studies to 
rate the severity of AD globally, based on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe).  
The EASI and IGA scores will be assessed at time points described in the Schedule of 
Assessments. 
The primary efficacy analyses will be conducted for all subjects in the FAS using the treatment 
arm as assigned.  In addition, the efficacy analyses for the primary endpoint and secondary 
endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) will be conducted using the PPS. 
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the study, the primary endpoint (percentage change from baseline in 
EASI score at Week 16) will be analyzed using a MMRM model.  The model will adjust for 
study treatment, baseline, randomization stratification factors, visit as well as baseline-by-visit 
and treatment-by-visit interactions.  
The continuous secondary endpoints will be analyzed using the MMRM model as performed for 
the primary endpoint. 
The Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test adjusted by randomization strata (region, disease severity) 
will be used to analyze the categorical secondary endpoints.  
To test the robustness of the MMRM model for the primary endpoint, sensitivity analyses using 
tipping point approach will be conducted.  In addition, the primary endpoint will be analyzed 
using the complete dataset (subjects who complete the week 16 and had EASI measurement).  
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 (
 loading 
 q2w maintenance) will be 
compared to the corresponding placebo arm (Group 6) using the same statistical methods used in 
the analysis of the first part of the study.  
To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the analyses on primary 
endpoint and secondary endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) will also be conducted excluding subjects 
who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any 
part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. 
Parts 1 and 2 are two independent parts of the study protocol and will therefore be analyzed 
separately.  That is, upon completion of the double-blind period of Part 1, the database will be 
partially locked.  The data will be analyzed and the topline results (TLR) determined. 
Similar activities will take place upon the completion of the double-blind period of Part 2. 
The efficacy results from these 2 parts of the study will be kept separate.  However, the safety 
results will be presented side-by-side.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 86 of 103 
Details of efficacy, safety and PK analyses will be specified in the GBR 830-204 Statistical 
Analysis Plan (SAP) and included in the Clinical Study Report (CSR).  Population 
pharmacokinetic and exposure-response modeling will be described in a Modeling Plan and data 
will be published in a separate report.  
Biomarker analyses will not be part of the CSR and will be described separately.    
Detailed statistical methods, including methods for the handling of missing data for analyzing the 
secondary and exploratory endpoints a will be described in the SAP. 
15.7. 
Pharmacokinetic, Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker), and 
Immunogenicity Analyses 
15.7.1. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses 
The PKAS will be used for the PK analyses.  The PK parameters will be derived for individual 
subject by non-compartmental analysis using appropriate validated software.  Pharmacokinetic 
parameters (Cmax, tmax, AUC0-tau, AUC0-t, and other related parameters) will be estimated based 
on data from the rich PK group from the blinded treatment phase.   
Estimates of Ctrough will be derived using the data from both rich PK group and sparse PK group 
from the blinded treatment phase.   
The PK parameters will be summarized in tabular and graphic form.  Details of the PK analysis 
will be specified in the SAP.    
The serum concentration data from both rich and sparse PK group may be used for the 
population PK and exposure-response analysis and will be reported separately. 
15.7.2. 
Immunogenicity Analyses 
The number and percent incidence of positive and negative ADA status of subjects by treatment, 
and time points will be provided.  Titers and neutralizing potential of confirmed positive samples 
will be reported.  Details will be provided in the SAP.  
15.7.3. 
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Analyses 
Summary statistics will be provided for PD biomarkers.  Biomarker analyses will not be part of 
the CSR and will be described separately. 
15.8. 
Safety Analyses 
All safety analyses will be performed on the SAS population, according to the actual treatment 
received.  Adverse events will be summarized by system organ class and preferred term.  
Subjects will be counted only once for each preferred term, system organ class, and by the 
highest severity of an event.  Laboratory evaluations will be summarized with descriptive 
statistics at each visit, and change from baseline summarized for each post-baseline visit.  
Laboratory measurements will also be summarized based on the number and percentage of 
subjects above or below a pre-specified threshold for each test.  Details will be presented in the 
SAP.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 87 of 103 
15.8.1. 
Extent of Exposure 
The duration of exposure to study drug will be summarized separately by respective treatment 
group for SAS subjects. 
15.8.2. 
Adverse Events 
Adverse events (AEs) will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
(MedDRA).  The number and percentage of AEs, SAEs, AEs leading to discontinuation, and 
AEs related to investigational product will be summarized by system organ class, preferred term 
and treatment group.  Subjects will be counted only once for each preferred term, system organ 
class, and by the highest severity of an event.  The number and percentage of AEs by severity 
will also be summarized.  All AEs will be displayed in listings.   
15.8.3. 
Laboratory Values 
For quantitative laboratory measurements descriptive statistics will be used to summarize results 
and change from baseline by treatment group and time point.  Shifts in laboratory tests relative to 
reference ranges from baseline to the worst post-baseline value during treatment will also be 
tabulated.  All laboratory data will be displayed in listings. 
15.8.4. 
Vital Signs 
Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize vital sign results and changes from baseline by 
treatment group and time.  Values of potential clinical significance will be tabulated.  All vital 
signs data will be displayed in listings. 
Shift tables will present changes from baseline (categorized as normal; abnormal, not clinically 
significant; and abnormal, clinically significant) to end of treatment. 
15.8.5. 
Electrocardiograms 
The absolute values and the change from baseline for ECG parameters will be summarized.  An 
outlier analysis of ECG results will be conducted. 
All ECG variables will be presented by visit.  Descriptive statistics for ECG parameters and 
changes from baseline will be presented by treatment group. 
Shift tables will present changes from baseline in ECG interpretation (categorized as normal; 
abnormal, not clinically significant; and abnormal, clinically significant) to end of treatment. 
15.8.6. 
Physical Examination 
Descriptive statistics will be used to summarize findings of potential clinical significance and 
will be listed. 
15.9. 
Interim Analysis 
No interim analyses are planned for this study.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 88 of 103 
15.10. 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
This study will institute a data safety monitoring board (DSMB) which will function 
independently of all other individuals associated with the conduct of this clinical trial, including 
the site investigators participating in the study.  The DSMB will be constituted prior to the 
randomization of the first subject.  The DSMB will monitor subject safety by formally reviewing 
accumulated safety data by treatment group at least twice during the study, but may require 
additional review as per DSMB charter.  This includes but does not limit the role of the DSMB 
to evaluate these data and to provide recommendations to the sponsor to continue or modify the 
follow-up phase of the study as outlined in the DSMB charter.    
It is expected that the DSMB will consist at a minimum of 2 physicians with appropriate disease 
area qualifications and 1 statistician.  There will be a meeting with the DSMB describing their 
roles and responsibilities and discussing potential data format and process issues prior to the 
finalization of DSMB charter. 
16. 
DIRECT ACCESS TO SOURCE DATA/DOCUMENTS 
16.1. 
Study Monitoring 
Before an investigational site can enter a subject into the study, a representative of the Sponsor 
will visit the investigational study site to: 
• Determine the adequacy of the facilities 
• Discuss with the Investigator and other personnel their responsibilities with regard to 
protocol adherence, and the responsibilities of the Sponsor or its representatives.  This 
will be documented in a Clinical Study Agreement between the Sponsor and the 
Investigator. 
During the study, a monitor from the Sponsor or representative will have regular contacts with 
the investigational site, for the following: 
• Provide information and support to the Investigator 
• Confirm that facilities remain acceptable 
• Confirm that the investigational team is adhering to the protocol, that data are being 
accurately recorded in the eCRF, and that IP accountability checks are being 
performed 
• Perform source data verification.  This includes a comparison of the data in the 
eCRFs with the subject’s medical records at the hospital or practice, and other records 
relevant to the study.  This will require direct access to all original records for each 
subject (eg, clinic charts). 
• Record and report any protocol deviations not previously sent to the Sponsor.  
• Confirm AEs and SAEs have been properly documented on eCRFs and confirm any 
SAEs have been forwarded to the Sponsor and those SAEs that met criteria for 
reporting have been forwarded to the IRB. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 89 of 103 
The monitor will be available between visits if the Investigator or other staff needs information 
or advice. 
16.2. 
Audits and Inspections 
Authorized representatives of the Sponsor, a regulatory authority, an IEC or an IRB may visit the 
site to perform audits or inspections, including source data verification.  The Investigator should 
contact the Sponsor immediately if contacted by a regulatory agency about an inspection. 
16.2.1. 
Inspection 
An inspection is defined as the act of a regulatory authority of conducting an official review of 
documents, facilities, records and any other resources that are deemed by the authorities to be 
related to the clinical study and that may be located at the site of the study, or at the Sponsor’s 
and/or CRO facilities or any other establishments deemed appropriate by the regulatory 
authorities. 
16.2.2. 
Audit 
An audit is a systematic and independent review of study-related activities and documents to 
determine whether study-related activities were conducted and the data were accurately recorded 
and analyzed according to the protocol, standard operating procedures, Good Clinical Practice 
(GCP), and the appropriate requirements. 
In conducting this study, the Investigator accepts that the Sponsor, IRB/IEC or regulatory body 
may, at any time by appointment, conduct an audit of the study site. 
16.3. 
Institutional Review Board/Independent Ethics Committee 
The Investigator must obtain IRB/IEC approval for the clinical study.  Initial IRB/IEC approval, 
and all materials approved by the IRB/IEC for this study including the subject consent form and 
recruitment materials must be maintained by the Investigator and made available for inspection. 
17. 
QUALITY CONTROL AND QUALITY ASSURANCE 
To ensure compliance with GCP and all applicable regulatory requirements, the Sponsor may 
conduct a quality assurance audit.  Please see Section 16.2 for more details regarding the audit 
process. 
18. 
ETHICS 
18.1. 
Ethics Review 
The final study protocol, including the final version of the ICF, must be approved or given a 
favorable opinion in writing by an IRB or IEC as appropriate.  The Investigator must submit 
written approval to the Sponsor before he or she can enroll any subject into the study. 
The Investigator is responsible for informing the IRB or IEC of any amendment to the protocol 
in accordance with local requirements.  In addition, the IRB or IEC must approve all advertising 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 90 of 103 
used to recruit subjects for the study, as well as any materials (eg diaries, questionnaires) to be 
given to subjects.  The protocol must be re-approved by the IRB or IEC upon receipt of 
amendments and annually, as local regulations require. 
The Investigator is also responsible for providing the IRB or IEC with reports of any reportable 
serious adverse drug reactions from any other study conducted with the IP.  The Sponsor will 
provide this information to the Investigator. 
Progress reports and notifications of serious adverse drug reactions will be provided to the IRB 
or IEC according to local regulations and guidelines. 
18.2. 
Ethical Conduct of the Study 
The study will be performed in accordance with ethical principles that have their origin in the 
Declaration of Helsinki and are consistent with International Council for Harmonisation 
(ICH)/GCP guidelines, applicable regulatory requirements and the Sponsor’s policy on 
Bioethics. 
18.3. 
Written Informed Consent 
The Investigator will ensure that the subject is given full and adequate oral and written 
information about the nature, purpose, possible risk and benefit of the study.  Subjects must also 
be notified that they are free to discontinue from the study at any time.  The subject should be 
given the opportunity to ask questions and allowed time to consider the information provided. 
The Investigator is responsible for obtaining informed consent from each subject/legally 
acceptable representative (LAR) participating in the study.  All pertinent aspects of the study 
must be explained to the subject/LAR before he or she signs the informed consent.  The subject’s 
signed and dated informed consent must be obtained before conducting any study procedures. 
Informed consent must be obtained from the subject/LAR before any activity or treatment is 
undertaken which is not part of routine care.  This includes, but is not limited to, the performance 
of diagnostic or therapeutic screening procedures and the administration of the first dose of the 
study medication.  Each subject must be informed that participation in the study is voluntary, that 
he/she may withdraw from the study at any time, and that withdrawal of consent will not affect 
his/her subsequent medical treatment or relationship with the treating physician. 
This informed consent should be given by means of a standard written statement, written in 
nontechnical language.  The subject/LAR should understand the statement before signing and 
dating it and will be given a copy of the signed document.   
The Investigator(s) must maintain the original, signed ICF.  A copy of the signed ICF must be 
given to the subject. 
19. 
DATA HANDLING AND RECORD KEEPING 
19.1. 
Data Collection 
Clinical data will be entered by authorized site personnel into a 21 CFR Part 11 compliant 
electronic data capture system.  All clinical data relating to the study will be recorded on the 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 91 of 103 
eCRF unless transmitted to the Sponsor or designee electronically (eg, central laboratory data).  
The Investigator must maintain source documents that support the information entered in the 
eCRF.  Study monitors will perform ongoing source data verification to ensure that data entered 
into the eCRF by authorized site personnel are consistent with the source documents.  The 
Investigator is responsible for confirming data entries are complete and accurate by physically or 
electronically signing the eCRF.  The Sponsor or designee is responsible for the data 
management of the study, including quality-check of the data. 
19.2. 
Inspection of Records 
The Sponsor will be allowed to conduct site visits to the investigation facilities for the purpose of 
monitoring any aspect of the study.  The Investigator agrees to allow the monitor to inspect the 
drug storage area, study drug stocks, drug accountability records, subject charts and study source 
documents, and other records relative to study conduct. 
19.3. 
Retention of Records 
The Investigator must maintain all documentation relating to the study for a period of 2 years 
after the last marketing application approval, or if not approved 2 years following the 
discontinuance of the test article for investigation.  If it becomes necessary for the Sponsor or the 
Regulatory Authority to review any documentation relating to the study, the Investigator must 
permit access to such records. 
19.4. 
Financing and Insurance 
The Sponsor will provide clinical study insurance for any subjects participating in the study in 
accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. 
20. 
PUBLICATION POLICY 
The Sponsor recognizes and supports the publication and dissemination of scientific information 
as a means of furthering knowledge.  The general strategy regarding publication of the study 
(what, when, where, etc.) will be mutually agreed upon by the Investigator and Sponsor.  
However, in order to protect its commercial interests, the Sponsor reserves the right to manage 
the publication of all study results.  The Investigator agrees that oral and written communication 
to third parties of any procedures or results from the study is subject to prior written consent of 
the Sponsor.  Presentation material and/or manuscript(s) for publication will be reviewed by 
Sponsor prior to submission for publication.  This review will be completed within 30 days of 
receiving presentation material and 60 days of receiving the manuscript from the Investigator.  
Alterations in the material will only be made in agreement between the Investigator and the 
Sponsor.  
In the event of inconsistency between the above and the study contract, the terms of the study 
contract would prevail to the extent of such inconsistency. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 92 of 103 
21. 
LIST OF REFERENCES 
1. Basra MK, Fenech R, Gatt RM, Salek MS, Finlay AY.  The Dermatology Life Quality 
Index 1994-2007: a comprehensive review of validation data and clinical results.  Br J 
Dermatol 2008;159(5):997-1035. 
2. Charman CR, Venn AJ, Williams HC.  The patient-oriented eczema measure: 
development and initial validation of a new tool for measuring atopic eczema severity 
from the patients' perspective.  Arch Dermatol 2004;140(12):1513-9.   
3. Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) Version 4.03.  Pulishded 
June 14, 2010. 
4. Croft, M.  Control of immunity by the TNFR-related molecule OX40 (CD134).  Annu 
Rev Immunol 2010;28:57-78. 
5. Deckers IA, McLean S, Linssen S, Mommers M, van Schaych CP, Sheikh A.  
Investigating International Time Trends in the Incidence and Prevalence of Atopic 
Eczema 1990–2010: A Systematic Review of Epidemiological Studies 2012.  PLoS ONE 
7(7): e39803. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0039803  
6. Eckert L, Gupta S, Amand C, Gadkari, A, Mahajan P, Gelfand J.  Impact of atopic 
dermatitis on health-related quality of life and productivity in adults in the United States: 
An analysis using the National Health and Wellness Survey.  J Am Acad Dermatol 
2017;77:274-9. 
7. Eckert L, Gupta S, Amand C, Gadkari, A, Mahajan P, Gelfand J.  The burden of atopic 
dermatitis in US adults: Health care resource utilization data from the 2013 National 
Health and Wellness Survey.  J Am Acad Dermatol 2018, 78(1):54-61. 
8. Eichenfield LF, Tom WL, Chamlin SL, Feldman SR, Hanifin JM, Simpson EL, et al.  
Guidelines of care for the management of atopic dermatitis: Part 1.  Diagnosis and 
assessment of atopic dermatitis.  J Am Acad Dermatol 2014;70(2):338-51. 
9. Finlay AY, Khan GK.  Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI)--a simple practical 
measure for routine clinical use.  Clin Exp Dermatol 1994;19(3):210-6. 
10. FDA Guidance for Industry M3(R2).  Nonclinical safety studies for the conduct of human 
clinical trials and marketing authorization for pharmaceuticals, Rev 1, Jan 2010.  
Available at: https://www.fda.gov/downloads/drugs/guidances/ucm073246.pdf. 
11. Hanifin JM, Thurston M, Omoto M, Cherill R, Tofte SJ, Graeber M.  The eczema area 
and severity index (EASI): assessment of reliability in atopic dermatitis.  EASI Evaluator 
Group.  Exp Dermatol 2001;10(1):11-8. 
12. Herrmann C.  International experiences with the hospital anxiety and depression scale- a 
review of validation data and clinical results.  J Psychosom Res 1997;42(1):17-41.  
13. International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) of Technical Requirements for 
Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use.  ICH harmonized tripartite guideline: 
general considerations for clinical trials, E8.  CPMP/ICH/291/95, Jul 1997.  Available at: 
http://www.ich.org/fileadmin/Public_Web_Site/ICH_Products/Guidelines/Efficacy/E8/St
ep4/E8_Guideline.pdf 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 93 of 103 
14. International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) of Technical Requirements for 
Registration of Pharmaceuticals for Human Use.  ICH harmonized tripartite guideline:  
Guidance on nonclinical safety studies for the conduct of human clinical trials and 
marketing authorization for pharmaceuticals, M3(R2).  CPMP/ICH/286/95, Jun 2009.  
Available at:  
http://www.ich.org/fileadmin/Public_Web_Site/ICH_Products/Guidelines/Multidisciplina
ry/M3_R2/Step4/M3_R2__Guideline.pdf 
15. Kunz B, Oranje AP, Labreze L, Stalder JF, Ring J,Taieb A.  Clinical validation and 
guidelines for the SCORAD index: consensus report of the European Task Force on 
Atopic Dermatitis.  Dermatology 1997;195(1):10-9. 
16. Sampson HA, Munoz-Furlong A, Campbell RL, Adkinson NF Jr., Bock SA, Branum A, 
et al.  Second symposium on the definition and management of anaphylaxis: summary 
report--Second National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease/Food Allergy and 
Anaphylaxis Network symposium.  J Allergy Clin Immunol 2006;117(2):391-7. 
17. Seshasayee D, Lee WP, Zhou M, Shu J, Suto E, Zhang J, et al.  In vivo blockade of 
OX40 ligand inhibits thymic stromal lymphopoietin driven atopic inflammation.  J Clin 
Invest 2007;117(12):3868-78. 
18. Webb GJ, Hirschfield GM, Lane PJ.  OX40, OX40L and autoimmunity: a comprehensive 
review.  Clin Rev Allergy Immunol 2016;50(3):312-32. 
19. Zigmond AS, Snaith RP.  The hospital anxiety and depression scale.  Acta Psychiatr 
Scand 1983;67(6):361-70.  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 94 of 103 
APPENDIX 1. CLINICAL LABORATORY TESTS  
The following tests will be performed.  Clinical evaluation of all clinical laboratory data will be 
performed by a qualified physician.  Reference range values from the central lab will be used for 
the tests mentioned below. 
Table 11: 
Clinical Laboratory Tests  
HEMATOLOGY 
SERUM BIOCHEMISTRY 
• 
Hemoglobin  
• 
Hematocrit  
• 
White blood cell count (total 
and differential, in absolutes 
and percentages)  
• 
Red blood cell count with 
mean cell volume (MCV), 
mean cell hemoglobin 
(MCH), and mean cell 
hemoglobin concentration 
(MCHC)  
• 
Platelets 
• 
Circulating eosinophil counts 
 
Electrolytes 
• Sodium  
• Potassium  
• Calcium  
• Chloride  
• Bicarbonate  
 
Liver function tests 
• Total and direct bilirubin  
• Total protein  
• Globulin  
• Albumin  
• Aspartate aminotransferase 
(AST) 
• Alanine aminotransferase 
(ALT)  
• Gamma-glutamyl 
transferase (GGT) 
• Alkaline phosphatase 
(ALP) 
• Lactate dehydrogenase 
(LDH)  
Renal function tests 
• Serum creatinine  
• Blood urea nitrogen (BUN) 
 
Other 
• Serum glucose 
• Serum follicle-stimulating 
hormone (FSH) 
(postmenopausal women, only 
at screening) 
• Serum and urine beta-human 
chorionic gonadotropin (HCG) 
(for women of childbearing 
potential [WOCBP] only) 
• Serum immunoglobulins 
 
Lipid Profile  
• Total cholesterol  
• Triglycerides  
• High density lipoprotein 
(HDL)  
• Low density lipoprotein (LDL)  
• Very low-density lipoprotein 
(VLDL) 
URINALYSIS  
• 
pH 
• 
Specific gravity  
• 
Glucose  
• 
Protein  
• 
Ketones  
• 
Occult blood  
• 
Bilirubin 
• 
Leukocyte esterase 
• 
Nitrite 
• 
Routine microscopy 
including WBC/HPF and 
RBC/HPF 
SEROLOGY  
• 
Hepatitis B (HBsAg)  
• 
Anti-hepatitis B core antigen 
(Anti-HBcAg) 
• 
Hepatitis C antibody (anti-
HCV)  
• 
Human immunodeficiency 
virus (HIV-1 and -2) 
OTHER 
• 
QuantiFERON Gold Blood TB Test  
• 
Total IgE  
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 95 of 103 
APPENDIX 2. LIST OF CONTACT DETAILS  
Additional information and contact details related to the study will be provided to each clinical 
site separately in relevant documents and procedural manuals. 
 
 
 
 
Medical Monitor (Ichnos Sciences): 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
Medical Monitor (CRO): 
Information will provided separately from the protocol. 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 96 of 103 
APPENDIX 3. SUMMARY OF CHANGES IN CURRENT PROTOCOL 
AMENDMENT  
 
PROTOCOL NUMBER: GBR 830-204 
PROTOCOL AMENDMENT 9 
SUMMARY OF CHANGES 
A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group Study of GBR 830 in Adult 
Subjects with Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis  
PROTOCOL HISTORY 
PROTOCOL VERSION 1.0, 20-Mar-2018 
PROTOCOL VERSION 2.0, (AMENDMENT 1), 06-Apr-2018 
PROTOCOL VERSION 3.0, (AMENDMENT 2), 07-Nov-2018 
PROTOCOL VERSION 4.0, (Non-substantial AMENDMENT 3), 29-Nov-2018 
PROTOCOL VERSION 5.0, (Germany AMENDMENT 4), 08-Jan-2019 
Note: Version 3.0 (Global Amendment 2), and Version 4.0 (Global Amendment 3) are not 
applicable to Germany 
PROTOCOL VERSION 6.0, (Czech Republic AMENDMENT 5), 16-Jan-2019 
Note: Version 3.0, (Global Amendment 2), Version 4.0, (Global Amendment 3), and Version 5 
(Germany Amendment 4) are not applicable to Czech Republic 
PROTOCOL VERSION 7.0, (Germany and Czech Republic AMENDMENT 6), 26-Feb-2019 
PROTOCOL VERSION 8.0, (Global AMENDMENT 7), 26-Jun-2019 
PROTOCOL VERSION 9.0, (AMENDMENT 8), 28-Jan-2020 
PROTOCOL VERSION 10.0, (AMENDMENT 9), 05-May-2020 
 
 
 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 97 of 103 
Description of Changes in Protocol Version 10.0 (Amendment 9) dated 05-May-2020 
Minor editorial changes for accuracy, clarity, and consistency have been made throughout the 
document and are not included in the description(s) below.  
  
Key:  Bold: Newly added text 
       
Strikethrough text: Deleted text from the previous version of the protocol.  
A. Details of Substantial Changes to the Protocol, from Version 9.0, Amendment 8 to 
Protocol Version 10.0, Amendment 9 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
1.  Synopsis, Section 7.1.4 Number of Subjects (Planned) 
Used to read: 
For Groups 1 through 4, a 
sufficient number of subjects will 
be screened to randomize 312 
eligible subjects in a 1:1:1:1 ratio.  
For Group 5 and 6, a sufficient 
number of subjects will be 
screened to randomize 156 
eligible subjects in a 1:1 ratio to 
either ISB 830 or Placebo, 
therefore a total of 468 subjects 
are planned to be randomized in 
this study.  The randomization 
will be stratified by disease 
severity (moderate or severe, as 
assessed by IGA), geographic 
region (North America vs 
European Union), and subjects 
consenting to rich PK sampling 
(Yes/No).   
Now reads: 
For Groups 1 through 4, a sufficient 
number of subjects will be screened to 
randomize 312 eligible subjects in a 
1:1:1:1 ratio.  For Group 5 and 6, a 
sufficient number of subjects will be 
screened to randomize 156 eligible 
subjects in a 1:1 ratio to either ISB 830 
or Placebo, therefore a total of 
approximately 468 subjects are 
planned to be randomized in this 
study.  The randomization will be 
stratified by disease severity (moderate 
or severe, as assessed by IGA), 
geographic region (North America vs 
European Union), and subjects 
consenting to rich PK sampling 
(Yes/No).  The actual number of 
subjects randomized in Groups 5 
and 6 may be different than initially 
planned due to the impact of the 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic 
(see Section 8.3.4). 
Enrollment of additional subjects 
is now allowed due to pandemic-
related discontinuation or 
withdrawal up to Week 16 in 
part 2 only. 
2.  Section 8.3.1 Temporary Discontinuation of Study Drug 
Used to read: 
 
Subjects must be temporarily 
discontinued from study drug 
dosing in either event of: 
•Grade 3 neutrophil count (<1000-
500/μL, per the National Institutes 
of Health/National Cancer 
Institute (NIH/NCI)-Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events (CTCAE) v4.03 (CTCAE 
v4.03, 2010). 
Now reads: 
 
Subjects must be temporarily 
discontinued from study drug dosing 
in either event of: 
•Grade 3 neutrophil count (<1000-
500/μL, per the National Institutes of 
Health/National Cancer Institute 
(NIH/NCI)-Common Terminology 
Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) 
v4.03 (CTCAE v4.03, 2010). 
Considering the current pandemic, 
an additional criterion of fever 
included in the list of events that 
may result in temporary 
discontinuation of study drug  

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 98 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
•Grade 2 platelet count (<7.5 – 5.0 
X 104/μL, per NIH/NCI-
CTCAE).  
 
•Grade 2 platelet count (<7.5 – 5.0 X 
104/μL, per NIH/NCI-CTCAE).  
•Fever (>100.4°F or >38°C), 
suspected infection, or infection 
requiring oral antibiotics. 
3.  Section 8.3.4 Enrollment of Additional Subjects 
Used to read: 
 
Section 8.3.4 Replacement of 
Subjects  
Not applicable.  
Now reads: 
 
Section 8.3.4 Replacement of Subjects 
Enrollment of Additional Subjects 
Not applicable. Special 
considerations have been added to 
the protocol based on the issues 
arising from the 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic.  
During the blinded dosing period for 
Part 2 (ie, prior to completion of the 
Week 16 visit), any randomized 
subject who terminates study 
participation or who misses 2 or 
more consecutive doses of study 
drug (even if continuing with study 
participation) or misses any part of 
the primary endpoint assessments at 
Week 16, as a result of pandemic-
related reasons, may not be counted 
against the total number of subjects 
targeted (N=156 for Part 2 of the 
study).  For each of these cases, a 
new subject may be screened and 
randomized, to allow an evaluable 
number of subjects for the Week 16 
primary endpoint.  The new subjects 
in screening will receive new subject 
numbers and new treatment 
assignments as per the current 
randomization schedule in the 
protocol.   
Additional subjects will only be 
added in response to the number of 
subjects who meet the above 
criteria, as a result of pandemic-
related issues.  Randomized subjects 
who discontinue study participation 
or miss consecutive doses or the 
Week 16 primary endpoint 
assessments for non-pandemic 
related reasons, or who have study 
drug or study visit issues after 
completing their Week 16 visit, will 
Enrollment of additional subjects 
is now allowed due to pandemic-
related discontinuation or 
withdrawal up to Week 16 in 
part 2 only. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 99 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
not trigger the screening of 
additional subjects. 
4.  Section 9.4.1 Blinding and Unblinding Procedures 
Used to read: 
For the blinded treatment phase, 
in the event that the treatment 
allocation for a subject becomes 
known to the Investigator or other 
study staff involved in the 
management of study subjects, or 
needs to be known to treat an 
individual subject for an AE, the 
medical monitor must be notified 
immediately by the Investigator 
and if possible, before unblinding. 
For the open-label treatment 
phase, drug preparation and 
administration should be handled 
by the same unblinded personnel 
as for the blinded treatment phase.   
Now reads: 
For the blinded treatment phase, in the 
event that the treatment allocation for a 
subject becomes known to the 
Investigator or other study staff 
involved in the management of study 
subjects, or needs to be known to treat 
an individual subject for an AE, the 
medical monitor must be notified 
immediately by the Investigator and if 
possible, before unblinding. 
For the open-label treatment phase, 
drug preparation and administration 
should be handled by the same 
unblinded personnel as for the blinded 
treatment phase.   
In special circumstances (eg, during 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, 
which may prevent the subject from 
presenting to the site), the handling, 
preparation, and administration of 
the study drug (during blinded or 
open-label periods of the study) may 
be performed by an unblinded, 
qualified healthcare provider who is 
not involved in study management, 
such as a home-visit nurse 
contracted by the Sponsor (if such 
service is available at the time and 
where permitted by local 
regulations) (see Section 10.5). 
To include flexibility of dosing 
for the subject who may not come 
to the site in special circumstances  
5.  Section 10.4 Study Drug Preparation 
Used to read: 
Appropriate aseptic technique 
should be used while preparing 
and administering the injection.  
The designated, trained, unblinded 
pharmacist (or designee) will 
prepare and dispense study drug 
for each subject according to the 
subject’s IWRS/IVRS assignment. 
Now reads: 
Appropriate aseptic technique should 
be used while preparing and 
administering the injection.  The 
designated, trained, unblinded 
pharmacist (or designee) will prepare 
and dispense study drug for each 
subject according to the subject’s 
IWRS/IVRS assignment.  In special 
circumstances, (eg, during 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, 
which may prevent the subject from 
presenting to the site), an unblinded, 
To include flexibility of dosing 
for the subject who may not come 
to the site in special circumstances 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 100 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
qualified healthcare provider may 
prepare study drug for injection (see 
Section 10.5). 
6.  Section 10.5 Administration 
Used to read: 
The day of administration of the 
first dose of study drug (ISB 830 
or placebo) is considered Day 1. 
Appropriate aseptic technique 
should be used while preparing 
and administering injections.  
Designated, trained, unblinded 
personnel (pharmacist or 
designee) will administer prepared 
study drug (see Section 10.4) to 
maintain the blind.  The 
monitoring done following dosing 
will be conducted by blinded 
study personnel.   
The investigational product will 
be administered by SC injection 
by trained unblinded study staff.   
Now reads: 
The day of administration of the first 
dose of study drug (ISB 830 or 
placebo) is considered Day 1. 
Appropriate aseptic technique should 
be used while preparing and 
administering injections.  Designated, 
trained, unblinded personnel 
(pharmacist or designee) will 
administer prepared study drug (see 
Section 10.4) to maintain the blind.  
The monitoring done following dosing 
will be conducted by blinded study 
personnel.   
In special circumstances, (eg, during 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic, 
which may prevent the subject from 
presenting to the site), subjects may 
receive ‘at home’ dosing, performed 
by an unblinded, qualified 
healthcare provider (if such service 
is available at the time and where 
permitted by local regulations) who 
will perform vital sign 
measurements (ie, systolic and 
diastolic blood pressure [mmHg], 
pulse rate [beats per minute], 
respiratory rate [per minute] and 
oral or tympanic temperature 
[degrees in Celsius]) by standard 
methods prior to dosing, and who 
will conduct the protocol-specified 
observation post-injection.  Women 
of childbearing potential will also be 
administered a monthly urine 
pregnancy test by the unblinded, 
qualified healthcare provider, and 
must have a negative pregnancy 
result prior to dosing.     
Additional details will be provided 
in the pharmacy manual and in a 
separate home healthcare provider 
manual. 
To include flexibility of dosing 
for the subject who may not come 
to the site in special circumstances 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 101 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
7.  Synopsis, Section 13.1 Safety Parameters   
Used to read: 
Safety Assessments: 
Guidance will be given to the 
investigator for the criteria to be 
used to assess anaphylaxis 
(Sampson et al, 2006), see Section 
13.2.1.4.  Injection site reactions 
will be assessed according to the 
CTCAE v4.03 (CTCAE v4.03, 
2010).        
Now reads: 
Safety Assessments: 
Guidance will be given to the 
investigator for the criteria to be used 
to assess anaphylaxis (Sampson et al, 
2006), see Section 13.2.1.4.  Injection 
site reactions will be assessed 
according to the CTCAE v4.03 
(CTCAE v4.03, 2010).         
Pandemic Related Safety 
Assessments: 
To ensure the ongoing safety of 
subjects during the pandemic, study 
subjects who miss or are unable to 
attend scheduled clinic visits will be 
contacted by the site via a safety 
phone call that includes the 
collection of AEs/SAEs and 
concomitant medications.  This 
phone call is to be performed for 
every missed visit that occurs during 
the pandemic.  If the subject meets 
other criteria, eg, for 
withdrawal/discontinuation of the 
study drug, the site is to follow the 
protocol in regard to those criteria.   
Subject withdrawal/discontinuation 
criteria are outlined in Section 8.3. 
Additional safety measure 
included to ensure safety of 
subjects in the SARS-CoV-2/ 
COVID-19 pandemic 
8.  Synopsis, Section 15.1 Sample Size 
Used to read: 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Now reads: 
A sample size of 62 completed 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Enrollment of additional subjects 
is now allowed due to pandemic-
related discontinuation or 
withdrawal up to Week 16 in 
part 2 only. 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 102 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
9.  Synopsis, Section 15.6 Efficacy Analyses 
Used to read: 
 
The primary efficacy analysis will 
be the percentage change from 
baseline in EASI score, and the 
secondary efficacy analysis will 
be the IGA and EASI 75 (subjects 
achieving 75% reduction from 
baseline in EASI score).  The IGA 
is an assessment instrument used 
in clinical studies to rate the 
severity of AD globally, based on 
a 5-point scale ranging from 0 
(clear) to 4 (severe).  The EASI 
and IGA scores will be assessed at 
time points described in the 
Schedule of Assessments. 
The primary efficacy analyses will 
be conducted for all subjects in 
the FAS using the treatment arm 
as assigned.  For the primary and 
secondary endpoints, the efficacy 
analysis will be performed using 
the PPS. 
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the 
study, the primary endpoint 
(percentage change from baseline 
in EASI score at Week 16) will be 
analyzed using a MMRM model.  
The model will adjust for study 
treatment, baseline, randomization 
stratification factors, baseline-by-
treatment interaction and visit as 
the within-subject effect. 
The continuous secondary 
endpoints will be analyzed using 
the MMRM model as performed 
for the primary endpoint. 
The Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel 
test adjusted by randomization 
strata (region, disease severity) 
Now reads: 
 
The primary efficacy analysis will be 
the percentage change from baseline in 
EASI score, and the secondary 
efficacy analysis will be the IGA and 
EASI 75 (subjects achieving 75% 
reduction from baseline in EASI 
score).  The IGA is an assessment 
instrument used in clinical studies to 
rate the severity of AD globally, based 
on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 
(clear) to 4 (severe).  The EASI and 
IGA scores will be assessed at time 
points described in the Schedule of 
Assessments. 
The primary efficacy analyses will be 
conducted for all subjects in the FAS 
using the treatment arm as assigned. 
For the primary and secondary 
endpoints, the efficacy analysis will be 
performed using the PPS. 
In addition, the efficacy analyses for 
the primary endpoint and secondary 
endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) will be 
conducted using the PPS. 
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the study, 
the primary endpoint (percentage 
change from baseline in EASI score at 
Week 16) will be analyzed using a 
MMRM model.  The model will adjust 
for study treatment, baseline, 
randomization stratification factors, 
baseline-by-treatment interaction and 
visit as the within-subject effect visit 
as well as baseline-by-visit and 
treatment-by-visit interactions.  
The continuous secondary endpoints 
will be analyzed using the MMRM 
model as performed for the primary 
endpoint. 
To explain clearly the endpoints 
that will be conducted under the 
PPS. 
Updated to align with statistical 
analysis plan.  
Efficacy analyses for Part 2 was 
amended to include changes based 
on enrollment of additional 
subject due to pandemic-related 
issue 

 
 
Version 10.0 
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204 
 
Date: 05-May-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences 
CONFIDENTIAL 
Page 103 of 103 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
will be used to analyze the 
categorical secondary endpoints.  
To test the robustness of the 
MMRM model for the primary 
endpoint, sensitivity analyses 
using tipping point approach will 
be conducted.  In addition, the 
primary endpoint will be analyzed 
using the complete dataset 
(subjects who complete the Week 
16 and had EASI measurement).  
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 
(
loading dose/
 mg 
q2w maintenance) will be 
compared to the corresponding 
placebo arm (Group 6) using the 
same statistical methods used in 
the analysis of the first part of the 
study.  
 
The Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test 
adjusted by randomization strata 
(region, disease severity) will be used 
to analyze the categorical secondary 
endpoints.  
To test the robustness of the MMRM 
model for the primary endpoint, 
sensitivity analyses using tipping point 
approach will be conducted.  In 
addition, the primary endpoint will be 
analyzed using the complete dataset 
(subjects who complete the Week 16 
and had EASI measurement).  
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 (
 
 loading dose/
 q2w 
maintenance) will be compared to the 
corresponding placebo arm (Group 6) 
using the same statistical methods used 
in the analysis of the first part of the 
study.  
To assess the robustness of the 
results in the Part 2 of the study, the 
analyses on primary endpoint and 
secondary endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) 
will also be conducted excluding 
subjects who withdraw from the 
study or miss 2 or more consecutive 
doses prior to Week 16 or miss any 
part of the primary endpoint 
assessments at Week 16 due to the 
pandemic. 
 
B. Details of Non-substantial Changes to the Protocol, from Version 9.0, Amendment 8 
to Protocol Version 10.0, Amendment 9 
From 
Protocol Version 9.0 
(Amendment 8)  
28-Jan-2020 
To 
Protocol Version 10.0  
(Amendment 9)  
05-May-2020 
Rationale for Amendment 
1.  Section 9.3 Treatment Compliance 
Used to read: 
Treatment compliance will be 
measured by the designated 
person administering the study 
drug (see Section 10.5) at the 
clinical study site.  
Now reads: 
Treatment compliance will be 
measured by the designated person 
administering the study drug (see 
Section 10.5) at the clinical study site.  
To include flexibility of dosing at 
home by an unblinded, qualified 
healthcare provider for the subject 
who may not come to the site in 
special circumstances 
 

 
 
 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
 
A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group 
Study of GBR 830 in Adult Subjects With Moderate to Severe Atopic 
Dermatitis  
Version 6.0; Dated: 21-September-2021 
Protocol number: GBR 830-204 
Sponsor: Ichnos Sciences SA 
 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 3 of 68 
 
TECHNICAL SUMMARY REPORT (TSR) 
TSR is Synopsis section of the protocol. 
Name of Sponsor/Company: Ichnos Sciences SA  
Name of Study Drug: ISB 830  
Title of Study: A Randomized, Double-Blind, Placebo-Controlled, Parallel-Group Study of GBR 830 in Adult 
Subjects with Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis 
IND no: 126820 
EudraCT no: 2018-000783-29  
Phase of development: 2b  
Indication: Moderate to Severe Atopic Dermatitis 
Objectives:  
Primary: 
• 
To characterize the efficacy of ISB 830 monotherapy in adults with moderate-to-severe atopic dermatitis 
(AD) compared to placebo as measured by percentage change from baseline in Eczema Area and Severity 
Index (EASI) score at Week 16.  
 
Secondary:  
• 
To evaluate safety, tolerability, pharmacokinetics (PK), and immunogenicity of ISB 830 in adults with 
moderate-to-severe AD.  
• 
To measure the effect of ISB 830 on disease activity in adult subjects with moderate-to-severe AD, as 
measured by validated tools (such as Investigator’s Global Assessment [IGA], EASI response, SCORing 
Atopic Dermatitis [SCORAD]).  
 
Exploratory:  
• 
To evaluate pharmacodynamics (PD) of ISB 830 in adults with moderate-to-severe AD.  
 
Study population:  
Adult males and females (≥18 years of age) with moderate-to-severe AD whose disease cannot be adequately 
controlled with topical medications or for whom topical treatment is medically inadvisable (eg, intolerance, other 
important side effects or safety risks in the opinion of the Investigator).  
Moderate-to-severe AD is defined by an IGA score of 3 or higher at screening and baseline, consistent with the 
categories of moderate (IGA=3) and severe (IGA=4); and an EASI score of 12 or higher at screening or 16 or higher 
at baseline. 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 5 of 68 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 6 of 68 
 
 
Safety assessments, clinical laboratory assessments, vital sign assessments, PK sampling, immunogenicity 
sampling, and clinical efficacy assessments (IGA and EASI) will be performed by the blinded Investigator and 
blinded study staff as defined in Table 2 of the protocol (Schedule of Assessments), or until the subject discontinues 
from the study.  
An experimental population PK design will be used for the PK blood sampling. The subjects in the rich PK group 
will have additional blood sampling between Days 1 to 8 (Week 1), and Days 85 to 92 (Week 12) compared to the 
sparse PK group. The subjects in the sparse PK group will have widespread sampling with fewer time points for 
each subject (compared to the rich PK group). Approximately 80 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 1:1:1:1 
ratio) to treatment groups 1-4 and approximately 40 rich PK subjects will be randomized (in a 1:1 ratio) to treatment 
groups 5 and 6. The remaining subjects in the study will be included in the sparse PK group. Blood samples will be 
collected from the rich and sparse PK subjects according to the respective schedule described in Table 8 of the 
protocol.  
End-of-treatment (EOT) visits will be conducted on Day 113 (Week 16) for the blinded treatment phase and at Day 
379 (Week 54) for the open-label treatment phase for all subjects. Subjects should continue into the follow-up 
period and will have a follow-up phone call 4 and 8 weeks after the last EOT visit [Day 407 (Week 58) and Day 435 
(Week 62) respectively] and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT [Day 463 (Week 66)] visit.  
Subjects who withdraw consent from the blinded treatment phase prior to Week 16 will undergo the blinded 
treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period.  
Subjects who withdraw consent from open-label treatment phase prior to Week 52 will undergo the open-label 
treatment phase EOT visit procedures and enter the follow-up period.  
All subjects continuing in the follow-up period will have a follow-up phone call 4 and 8 weeks after the last EOT 
visit and a final clinic visit 12 weeks after the EOT visit as described in the Table 3 follow-up period.  
Subjects will be clinically monitored for safety throughout the study, including anaphylactic reactions and/or 
injection site reactions (ISRs), with monitoring at the study site for 2 hours after the first dose on Day 1 (in the 
blinded treatment phase) and on Day 113 (Week 16) (first dose in open-label treatment phase) and for 1 hour after 
dosing at all other visits.  
To allow subjects access to the open-label treatment phase of the study, subjects who have completed the GBR 830-
204 study prior to implementation of the protocol amendment that includes the open-label phase (eg, Protocol 
Amendment 3 (version 4.0) and/or Amendment 6 (version 7.0)) or who are in the follow-up phase of the study at the 
time of implementation of the open-label protocol amendment, may be eligible to participate in the open-label 
treatment phase of this study. Subjects who have completed the study prior to implementation of the open-label 
protocol amendment must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2 of the protocol), and if eligibility 
criteria are met (with the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1and 5), will undergo 
study assessments as per Table 3 of the protocol. Subjects who are in the follow-up period of GBR 830-204 at the 
time the open-label protocol amendment is implemented must complete their follow-up period as per protocol, and 
then must undergo a modified Screening visit (as per Table 2 of the protocol), and if eligibility criteria are met (with 
the exception of inclusion criteria 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 and exclusion criteria 1 and 5), will undergo study assessments as 
per Table 3 of the protocol. This includes a complete washout of any concomitant medications and therapies 
received (as per Table 5 of the protocol) prior to starting the open-label treatment phase of the study. 
Study endpoints:  
Primary Endpoint:  
• 
Percentage change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16.  
Secondary Endpoints:  
Efficacy Endpoints:  
• 
Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) at Week 16.  
• 
Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction from baseline of ≥2 
points at Week 16. 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 7 of 68 
 
 
• 
Proportion of subjects with improvement (reduction) of Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale (NRS) ≥4 from 
baseline to Week 16.  
• 
Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI 50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) response from 
baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in SCORAD from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in the Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in Global Individual Signs Score (GISS) (erythema, infiltration/papulation, excoriations, 
lichenification) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale (HADS) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in Patient Oriented Eczema Measure (POEM) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Disease from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Treatment from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Assessment of sick leave and/or missed school days through Week 16.  
Safety Endpoints:  
• 
Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) from baseline through Week 16 and Week 54.  
• 
Incidence of skin infection TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline through Week 16 and 
Week 54.  
• 
Incidence of conjunctivitis TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline through Week 16 and 
Week 54.  
• 
Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) from baseline through Week 16 and Week 
54.  
• 
Incidence of TEAEs leading to treatment discontinuation from baseline through Week 16 and Week 54.  
• 
Overall number of TEAEs and SAEs through Week 16 and Week 54.  
• 
Vital signs, clinical laboratory values, and electrocardiogram (ECG) results monitored from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54.  
• 
Formation of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830 to evaluate immunogenicity.  
Pharmacokinetics Endpoints:  
• 
Cmax, tmax, AUCtau, AUC0-t, and other related parameters will be estimated using data from the rich PK 
group from the blinded treatment phase. Ctrough values will be estimated using data from both rich and 
sparse PK groups from the blinded treatment phase.  
Exploratory Endpoints:  
Samples for exploratory biomarker endpoints will be collected when and where biomarker sample kits are 
available.  
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 8 of 68 
 
 
Exploratory biomarker endpoints are:  
• 
Messenger RNA (mRNA) expression of immune and barrier measures in skin biopsies at baseline, end of 
Week 8, and end of Week 16.  
• 
Biomarker analysis in ISB 830 responder and non-responder populations to evaluate the relationship of 
biomarkers with clinical efficacy measures.  
• 
Assays on plasma, serum, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells (vfPBMCs) and/or cell 
subsets/derivatives.  
Exploratory efficacy endpoints are:  
• 
Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction from baseline of ≥2 
points through Week 54.  
• 
Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) through Week 54.  
• 
Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) through Week 54.  
• 
Change in the European Quality of Life Status (EQ-5D) through Week 16.  
• 
Change in Juniper Asthma Control Questionnaire (ACQ-5) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
Change in the Sino-nasal Outcome Test (SNOT-22) from baseline through Week 16.  
• 
To assess qualitative changes in photographs of skin lesions taken at time points specified in the Schedule 
of Assessment.  
Number of subjects (planned):  
For Groups 1 through 4, a sufficient number of subjects will be screened to randomize approximately 312 eligible 
subjects in a 1:1:1:1 ratio. For Groups 5 and 6, a sufficient number of subjects will be screened to randomize 
approximately 156 eligible subjects in a 1:1 ratio to either ISB 830 or placebo, therefore approximately 468 
subjects are planned to be randomized in this study. The randomization will be stratified by disease severity 
(moderate or severe, as assessed by IGA), geographic region (North America vs European Union), and subjects 
consenting to rich PK sampling (Yes/No). The actual number of subjects randomized in Groups 5 and 6 may be 
different than initially planned due to the impact of the SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic (see protocol Section 
8.3.4).
Main criteria for inclusion:  
1. Provided written informed consent and any locally required authorization prior to any protocol-related 
procedures, including screening evaluations.  
2. Willing and able to comply with all aspects of the protocol.  
3. Male or female ≥18 years at the time of screening.  
4. Physician diagnosis of AD for > 1 year; diagnosis of AD as defined by the American Academy of 
Dermatology Consensus Criteria (Eichenfield et al, 2014).  
5. AD involvement of ≥10% Body surface area (BSA) at screening and baseline.  
6. EASI score of ≥12 at screening or ≥16 at baseline.  
7. IGA score of ≥3 at screening and baseline (on the 0 to 4 IGA scale, in which 3 is moderate and 4 is 
severe).  
8. Baseline Pruritus NRS score for maximum itch intensity ≥3 over the previous 24 hours. A minimum of 3 
days of diary completion is required in the week prior to randomization.  
9. Documented/reported recent history (within 6 months before the screening visit) of inadequate response to 
treatment with topical medications (topical corticosteroids or crisaborole or topical calcineurin inhibitors) 
or subjects for whom topical treatments are otherwise medically inadvisable (eg, because of important 
side effects or safety risks as defined in the protocol). Documents may include medical  
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 9 of 68 
 
 
records, physician to healthcare provider communication (with date and time of communication and 
physician signature), or, pharmacy records (with clearly listed dates of dispensation). A course of 
marketed systemic immunosuppressants (eg, prednisone, cyclosporine, and methotrexate) for AD in the 6 
months prior to screening assumes failure of topicals and is acceptable in place of topical failure.  
10. Have applied a stable dose of topical emollient (moisturizer) twice-daily for at least 7 consecutive days 
immediately before the baseline visit (with the exception of prohibited moisturizers containing additives 
listed in Exclusion Criteria #5).  
11. Must agree to the following requirements during the study:  
a. 
If female and of childbearing potential, she must have a negative serum pregnancy test result within 7 
days prior to first dosing and a negative urine pregnancy test predose on Day 1. She must be willing 
to use a highly effective form of contraception (ICH E8 Guideline, 1997; (ICH M3 [R2] Guidance, 
2009; (FDA M3 [R2] Guidance, 2010) for the duration of the study and for at least 3 months after the 
last dose of study medication. Methods like periodic abstinence, post ovulation procedures and 
withdrawal are not considered adequate. Each woman will be considered to have childbearing 
potential unless she has been surgically sterilized by hysterectomy or bilateral tubal 
ligation/salpingectomy or has been post-menopausal for at least 2 years. For postmenopausal women 
only, follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) testing will be performed at screening to confirm non-
childbearing potential (FSH ≥40 IU/L).  
b. If male with a partner of childbearing potential, he must be willing to use condoms in combination 
with a second effective method of contraception during the study. Each man will be considered as 
potent unless surgically sterilized (with appropriate post vasectomy documentation of the absence of 
sperm in the ejaculate). Male subjects must continue to use contraception for 180 days following 
administration of the study drug.  
c. 
Male subjects should agree not to donate sperm during the study and for 180 days following 
administration of the study drug.  
Main criteria for exclusion:  
1. Prior treatment with ISB 830.  
2. Employee of the clinical study site or any other individuals involved with the conduct of the study, or 
immediate family members of such individuals.  
3. Concurrent enrollment in another investigational clinical study.  
4. Treatment with any of the following before baseline:  
a. 
Investigational biological agent within 8 weeks of baseline or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer.  
b. Investigational drugs eg, phosphodiesterase type 4 (PDE4) inhibitors, Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors, 
within 4 weeks of baseline.  
c. 
Phototherapy for AD within 4 weeks of baseline.  
d. Marketed drugs, including systemic corticosteroids, immunosuppressive/immunomodulatory drugs 
including but not limited to cyclosporine, mycophenolate mofetil, interferon-gamma (IFN-γ), PDE4 
inhibitors, JAK inhibitors, azathioprine or methotrexate within 4 weeks of baseline.  
e. 
Topical medications, including corticosteroids, tacrolimus, and/or pimecrolimus, and crisaborole 
within 1 week of baseline.  
f. 
Regular use (>2 visits/week) of a tanning booth/parlor within 4 weeks of baseline.  
g. Biologics, depending on the type of biologic such as cell-depleting agents including but not limited to 
rituximab: within 6 months of baseline, or until lymphocyte and CD19+ lymphocyte count returns to 
normal, whichever is longer.  
h. Biologics including infliximab, adalimumab, golimumab, certolizumab pegol, abatacept, etanercept, 
anakinra, dupilumab: within 12 weeks of baseline, or 5 half-lives, whichever is longer.  
i. 
Other biologics: within 5 half-lives (if known).  
5. Initiation of treatment of AD with prescription moisturizers or moisturizers containing additives such as 
ceramide, hyaluronic acid, urea, or filaggrin degradation products during the screening period (subjects 
may continue using stable doses of such moisturizers if initiated before the screening visit).  
6. Planned or anticipated use of any prohibited medications and procedures during study treatment as 
defined in the study protocol. 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 10 of 68 
 
 
7. Subjects who are immunocompromised (congenital or acquired), or who have had a recent (within 3 
months prior to baseline) or current serious systemic infection (including infectious mononucleosis-like 
illness or herpes zoster).  
8. Treatment with a live (attenuated) vaccine within 12 weeks before the baseline visit.  
9. Subjects who have evidence of active or latent tuberculosis (TB) as documented in their medical history 
or test positive at screening. For indeterminate cases, an informed decision will be made between the 
Principal Investigator and Medical Monitor.  
10. Active chronic or acute infection requiring treatment with systemic antibiotics, antivirals, antiparasitics, 
antiprotozoals, or antifungals within 2 weeks before the baseline visit, or superficial skin infections within 
1 week before the baseline visit. NOTE: subjects may be rescreened after infection resolves.  
11. Presence of skin comorbidities that may interfere with study assessments, in the opinion of the 
Investigator, including subjects with psoriasis.  
12. Poorly controlled asthma as assessed by the Asthma Control Questionnaire [ACQ] based on International 
ERS/ATS guidelines.  
13. Any condition at baseline which is part of the criteria for discontinuation of study drug as defined in the 
study protocol.  
14. Subjects who are known to be seropositive for human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) or who test positive 
at screening.  
15. History of a positive result for Hepatitis B surface antigen (HBsAg), antibody to Hepatitis B core antigen 
(anti-HBcAg), or antibody to Hepatitis C virus (anti-HCV) or presence of these findings at screening.  
16. History of alcohol or drug abuse within 2 years of the screening visit.  
17. Subjects with a history of non-malignant lymphoproliferative disorders, or a history of malignancy within 
5 years before baseline (except completely treated in situ cervical carcinoma or non-metastatic squamous 
or basal cell carcinoma of the skin).  
18. In the opinion of the Investigator, subjects with any other medical or psychological condition as well as 
laboratory values, which are significantly different from normal reference ranges and/or judged to be 
clinically significant; and/or any condition that would interfere with evaluation of the study drug or 
interpretation of subject safety or study results, including conditions that are inadequately understood at 
the time of screening.  
19. Subjects with a history of substance abuse or dependence that in the opinion of the Investigator, is 
considered to interfere with the subject’s participation in the study.  
20. Planned or anticipated major surgical procedure during the subject’s participation in this study.  
21. Women who are pregnant or breast feeding.  
22. Known hypersensitivity to monoclonal antibodies or any of the excipients of the drug product. 
Estimated Duration of subject participation:  
The anticipated maximum total study duration for each subject is approximately 70 weeks. This duration will 
consist of the screening period of up to 4 weeks, the blinded treatment period of up to 16 weeks (14 weeks of 
treatment, with a loading dose on Day 1 followed by maintenance dosing from Day 15 [Week 2] until the last dose 
at Week 14), the open-label treatment period of up to 38 weeks, and the follow-up period of 12 weeks starting at 
the end of the open-label treatment period. Subjects who consent to participate in the open-label treatment phase of 
the study after they completed the GBR 830-204 study, and require a modified screening visit, would have a study 
participation duration of up to 86 weeks.  
Duration of treatment:  
There is a 54-week treatment period (consisting of 52 weeks of dosing, including a blinded loading dose on Day 1 
followed by blinded maintenance dose from Week 2 until Week 14, followed by open-label treatment dose from 
Week 16 to Week 52).  
Investigational product, dosage and mode of administration:  
Name of Investigational Product: ISB 830 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 12 of 68 
 
 
• 
GISS: Individual components of the AD lesions (erythema, infiltration/papulation, excoriations, and 
lichenification) will be rated globally (ie, each assessed for the whole body, not by anatomical region) on a 
4-point scale (from 0=none to 3=severe) using the EASI severity grading criteria.  
• 
Body Surface Area Involvement of Atopic Dermatitis (BSA): Body surface area affected by AD will be 
assessed for each section of the body (the possible highest score for each region is: head and neck [9%], 
anterior trunk [18%], back [18%], upper limbs [18%], lower limbs [36%], and genitals [1%]) and will be 
reported as a percentage of all major body sections combined.  
• 
HADS: The HADS is an instrument for screening anxiety and depression in non-psychiatric populations; 
repeated administration also provides information about changes to a patient’s emotional state (Zigmond 
and Snaith, 1983; Hermann, 1997). The HADS consists of 14 items, 7 each for anxiety and depression 
symptoms; possible scores range from 0 to 21 for each subscale. The following cut-off scores are 
recommended for both subscales: 7 to 8 for possible presence, 10 to 11 for probable presence, and 14 to 15 
for severe anxiety or depression.  
• 
POEM: The POEM is a 7-item, validated questionnaire used in clinical practice and clinical trials to assess 
disease symptoms in children and adults (Charman et al, 2004). The format is a response to 7 items 
(dryness, itching, flaking, cracking, sleep loss, bleeding, and weeping) based on frequency during the past 
week (ie, 0 = no days, 1 = 1 to 2 days, 2 = 3 to 4 days, 3 = 5 to 6 days, and 4 = all days) with a scoring 
system of 0 to 28; the total score reflects disease-related morbidity.  
• 
EQ-5D: The EQ-5D is a standardized measure of health status developed by the EuroQOL Group in order 
to provide a simple, generic measure of health for clinical and economic appraisal. The EQ-5D consists of 
2 parts: the descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue scale (EQVAS). The EQ-5D descriptive system 
comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, self-care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and 
anxiety/depression. Each dimension has 3 levels of perceived problems: “no problem” (level 1), “some 
problems” (level 2), “extreme problems” (level 3).  
• 
ACQ-5: The ACQ-5 is a 5-question version of the Juniper ACQ and is a validated questionnaire to evaluate 
asthma control. The questionnaire will be administered only to the subset of subjects with a medical history 
of asthma.  
• 
SNOT-22: The SNOT-22 is a validated questionnaire to assess the impact of chronic rhinosinusitis on 
quality of life. The questionnaire will be administered only to a subset of subjects (eg, with chronic rhinitis/ 
rhinosinusitis, nasal polyps, allergic rhinitis).  
• 
Patient Global Assessment of Disease: Subjects will rate their overall well-being based on a 5-point Likert 
scale from poor to excellent. Subjects will be asked: “Considering all the ways in which your eczema 
affects you, indicate how well you are doing.” Response choices are: “Poor”; “Fair”; “Good”; “Very 
Good”; “Excellent.”  
• 
Patient Global Assessment of Treatment: Subjects will rate their satisfaction with the study treatment based 
on a 5-point Likert scale from poor to excellent. Subjects will be asked: “How would you rate the way your 
eczema responded to the study medication?” Response choices are: “Poor”; “Fair”; “Good”; “Very Good”; 
“Excellent.”  
• 
Assessment of Sick Leave and/or Missed School Days: Subjects who are employed or enrolled in school 
will be asked to report the number of sick leave and/or missed school days due to atopic dermatitis (eg, vs 
due to an accident) in the last 4 weeks.  
Pharmacokinetic Assessments:  
Blood samples will be collected from both rich and sparse PK groups at appropriate time points defined in Tables 
2 and 3, and Table 8 in the protocol.  
The serum concentrations of ISB 830 in these samples will be quantified using a validated enzyme-linked 
immunosorbent assay (ELISA) method. Serum concentration data from both rich PK and sparse PK group from 
the blinded treatment phase will be used to derive PK parameters, as appropriate.  
Immunogenicity Assessments:  
Blood samples will be collected at appropriate time points defined in Tables 2 and 3, and Table 8 in the protocol 
to detect the presence of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830, as per procedures similar to collection of PK  
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 13 of 68 
 
 
samples. The presence or absence of ADA in these samples will be determined using a validated 
Electrochemiluminescence immunoassay (ECLIA) method.  
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Assessments:  
Blood samples, including plasma, serum, whole blood, viably frozen peripheral blood mononuclear cells 
(vfPBMCs) and/or cell subsets will be collected from subjects randomized in the study at appropriate time points 
as defined in Table 2 and Table 8 in the protocol. Biomarker assessments to be performed on collected samples 
may include but not limited to:  
• 
Leukocyte sub-population cell counts by flow cytometry  
• 
Cytokines  
• 
Biomarker in peripheral blood  
• 
Total immunoglobulin E (IgE)  
• 
Serum soluble OX40 ligand (OX40L) and serum soluble OX40  
• 
Epigenetics  
Exploratory Photographs:  
Subjects, who agree to participate in the main study, also agree to allow photography of their skin (excluding 
pictures of the subject’s face) during study participation at specified time points as per Table 2 and Table 3. 
Photographs of the subject’s skin (with the exception of the face) may also be taken at additional time points, as 
per investigator judgment.  
The photographs may be used to examine disease activity, autoimmunity/inflammation, ISB 830 mechanism of 
action, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on the course of disease.  
Details of photograph collection, processing, shipping and storage will be provided to the study sites in a separate 
manual.  
Optional Genetic Research/Pharmacogenomics Assessments:  
Subjects who provide written consent for Optional Genetic Research agree to provide a blood sample (one sample 
may be collected at any visit during the study) to evaluate genetic sequences that may be involved in disease 
activity, inflammation, study drug mechanism of action, PK/metabolism, and/or the effect of the study drug(s) on 
the course of disease. Subjects may decline this optional research without effect on their participation in the main 
study.  
Safety Assessments:  
Safety and tolerability of ISB 830 will be assessed based on adverse events (AEs), including anaphylactic events 
and ISRs; SAEs; vital signs; physical examinations; ECGs; and clinical laboratory parameters.  
Subjects will be clinically monitored for safety throughout the study, including anaphylactic reactions and/or 
ISRs, with special monitoring at the study site for 2 hours after the first dose on Day 1 (in the blinded treatment 
phase) and on Day 113 (Week 16) (first dose in open-label treatment phase) and for 1 hour after dosing at all 
other visits.  
Guidance will be given to the investigator for the criteria to be used to assess anaphylaxis (Sampson et al, 2006). 
Injection site reactions will be assessed according to the Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
(CTCAE) v4.03 that was published 14-Jun-2010 by the US Department of Health and Human Services (National 
Institutes of Health [NIH] and National Cancer Institute [NCI]).  
Pandemic Related Safety Assessments: 
To ensure the ongoing safety of subjects during the pandemic, study subjects who miss or are unable to attend 
scheduled clinic visits will be contacted by the site via a safety phone call that includes the collection of 
AEs/SAEs and concomitant medications. This phone call is to be performed for every missed visit that occurs 
during the pandemic. If the subject meets other criteria, eg, for withdrawal/discontinuation of the study drug, the 
site is to follow the protocol in regard to those criteria. 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 14 of 68 
 
 
STATISTICAL METHODS:  
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the study, the primary endpoint will be analyzed using a mixed-effect model for 
repeated measures (MMRM). The model will adjust for study treatment, baseline, randomization stratification 
factors, visit as well as baseline-by-visit and treatment-by-visit interactions.  
The continuous secondary endpoints will be analyzed using the MMRM model as performed for the primary 
endpoint.  
The Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test adjusted by randomization strata (region, disease severity) will be used to 
analyze the categorical secondary endpoints.  
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 (
loading dose/
 
 q2w maintenance) will be compared to the 
corresponding placebo arm (Group 6) using the same statistical method used in the analysis of the first part of the 
study.  
To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the analyses on primary endpoint and secondary 
endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) will also be conducted excluding subjects who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or 
more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to 
the pandemic. 
Parts 1 and 2 are two independent parts of the study protocol and will therefore be analyzed separately. That is, 
upon completion of the double-blind period of Part 1, the database will be partially locked. The data will be 
analyzed and the topline results (TLR) determined. Similar activities will take place upon the completion of the 
double-blind period of Part 2.  
The efficacy results from these 2 parts of the study will be kept separate. However, the safety results will be 
presented side by side.  
Details of efficacy, safety and PK analyses will be specified in the Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) and included in 
the Clinical Study Report (CSR). Population pharmacokinetic and exposure-response modeling will be described 
in a Modeling Plan and data will be published in a separate report.  
Biomarker analyses will not be part of the CSR and will be described separately. 
Study Populations:  
Full Analysis Set:  
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) consists of all subjects who are randomized and received at least 1 dose of study 
medication. Based on the intent-to-treat principle, subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment group 
assigned.  
Per Protocol Set:  
The Per Protocol Set (PPS) consists of all FAS subjects who have no major protocol deviations of eligibility or 
on-treatment study conduct.  
Safety Analysis Set:  
The Safety Analysis Set (SAS) consists of all subjects who were randomized and took at least 1 dose of study 
medication. Subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment they received.  
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set:  
The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset of the SAS population who received ISB 830 
and for whom sufficient serum concentration data are available to facilitate derivation of PK parameters, do not 
have any major protocol deviation, and for whom the time of dosing and the time of sampling are known. 
Additional subjects may be excluded from the PKAS at the discretion of the pharmacokineticist. Any formal 
definitions for exclusion of subjects or time points from the PKAS will be documented in the SAP. 
Determination of Sample Size:  
 
 
 
 
 

Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
Version 4.0 
Date: 06-Mar-2020 
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 15 of 68 
 
 
 
Efficacy Analyses:  
The primary efficacy analysis will be the percentage change from baseline in EASI score, and the secondary 
efficacy analysis will be the IGA and EASI 75 (subjects achieving 75% reduction from baseline in EASI 
score). The IGA is an assessment instrument used in clinical studies to rate the severity of AD globally, based 
on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe). The EASI and IGA scores will be assessed at time 
points described in the Schedule of Assessments.  
To test the robustness of the MMRM for the primary endpoint, sensitivity analyses using the tipping point 
approach will be conducted. In addition, the primary endpoint will be analyzed using the complete dataset 
(subjects who complete the week 16 and had EASI measurements).  
Detailed statistical methods, , the handling of missing data for the analysis of the primary as well as secondary 
and exploratory endpoints and the exploratory analyses on biomarkers will be described in the SAP and the 
Biomarker Analyses Plan. 
Pharmacokinetic Analyses:  
The PKAS will be used for the PK analyses. Pharmacokinetic parameters (Cmax, tmax, AUC0-tau, AUC0-t, and 
other related parameters) will be estimated using data from the rich PK group from the blinded treatment 
phase. Estimates of Ctrough will be derived using the data from both rich PK group and sparse PK group from 
the blinded treatment phase. The PK parameters will be summarized in tabular and graphic form. Details of 
the PK analysis will be specified in the SAP.  
The serum concentration data from both rich and sparse PK group may be used for the population PK analysis 
and will be reported separately. 
Immunogenicity Analyses:  
The number and percent incidence of positive and negative ADA status of subjects by treatment, and time 
points will be provided. Titers and neutralizing potential of confirmed positive samples will be reported. 
Details will be provided in the SAP.  
Pharmacodynamic (Biomarker) Analyses:  
Summary statistics will be provided for PD biomarkers.  
Biomarker analyses will not be part of the CSR and will be described separately.  
Safety Analyses:  
Adverse events will be summarized by system organ class and preferred term. Subjects will be counted only 
once for each preferred term, system organ class, and by the highest severity of an event. Laboratory 
evaluations will be summarized with descriptive statistics at each visit, and change from baseline summarized 
for each post-baseline visit. Laboratory measurements will also be summarized based on the number and 
percentage of subjects above or below a pre-specified threshold for each test. AEs will be coded using 
MedDRA. Details will be presented in the GBR 830-204 SAP.  
Data Safety Monitoring Board:  
This study will institute a data safety monitoring board (DSMB) which will function independently of all 
other individuals associated with the conduct of this clinical study, including the site investigators 
participating in the study. The DSMB will be constituted prior to the randomization of the first subject. The 
DSMB will monitor subject safety by formally reviewing accumulated safety data by treatment group three 
times during the study. This includes but does not limit the role of the DSMB to evaluate these data and to 
provide recommendations to the sponsor to continue or modify the follow-up phase of the study as outlined in 
the DSMB charter.  
It is expected that the DSMB will consist at a minimum of 2 physicians with appropriate disease area 
qualifications and 1 statistician. There will be a meeting with the DSMB describing their roles and 
responsibilities and discussing potential data format and process issues prior to the finalization of DSMB 
charter. 
Interim analyses:  
No interim analyses are planned.  
 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 16 of 68 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 
1. 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS ............. 21 
2. 
INTRODUCTION ....................................................................................... 25 
3. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE ................................................... 25 
3.1. 
Study Objectives ......................................................................................... 25 
3.1.1. 
Primary Objective ....................................................................................... 25 
3.1.2. 
Secondary Objectives .................................................................................. 25 
3.1.3. 
Exploratory Objectives ................................................................................ 25 
3.2. 
Study Endpoints .......................................................................................... 26 
3.2.1. 
Primary Endpoint ........................................................................................ 26 
3.2.2. 
Secondary Endpoints ................................................................................... 26 
3.2.3. 
Exploratory Endpoints ................................................................................ 27 
4. 
OVERALL STUDY DESIGN .................................................................... 27 
4.1. 
Summary of Study Design .......................................................................... 27 
4.2. 
Definition of Study Drugs ........................................................................... 31 
4.3. 
Sample Size Considerations ........................................................................ 31 
4.3.1. 
Sample Size Justifications ........................................................................... 31 
4.3.2. 
Sample Size Re-estimation ......................................................................... 31 
4.3.3. 
Enrollment of Additional Subjects .............................................................. 31 
4.4. 
Randomization ............................................................................................ 32 
4.5. 
Clinical Assessments ................................................................................... 32 
4.5.1. 
Efficacy Assessments .................................................................................. 32 
4.5.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments .................................................................... 35 
4.5.3. 
Immunogenicity Assessments ..................................................................... 35 
4.5.4. 
Safety Assessments ..................................................................................... 35 
4.6. 
Changes in the SAP Compared to the Study Protocol ................................ 35 
5. 
PLANNED ANALYSES ............................................................................ 36 
5.1. 
Interim Analyses ......................................................................................... 36 
5.2. 
Data Safety Monitoring Board .................................................................... 36 
5.3. 
Primary Analyses ........................................................................................ 36 
5.4. 
Final Analyses ............................................................................................. 37 
6. 
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR DATA ANALYSES AND 
HANDLING ................................................................................................ 38 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 17 of 68 
 
6.1. 
General Summary Table and Individual Subject Data Listing 
Considerations ............................................................................................. 38 
6.2. 
General Post Text Summary Table and Individual Subject Data Listing 
Format Considerations ................................................................................ 38 
6.3. 
Data Management ....................................................................................... 38 
6.4. 
Data Presentation Conventions ................................................................... 39 
6.5. 
Analysis Populations ................................................................................... 40 
6.5.1. 
Full Analysis Set ......................................................................................... 40 
6.5.2. 
Per-Protocol Set .......................................................................................... 40 
6.5.3. 
Safety Analysis Set ..................................................................................... 40 
6.5.4. 
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set ..................................................................... 41 
6.5.5. 
Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic ..................................................... 41 
6.6. 
Baseline Definition ...................................................................................... 41 
6.7. 
Derived and Transformed Data ................................................................... 41 
6.7.1. 
Visit Windows ............................................................................................. 42 
6.7.2. 
Unscheduled Assessments .......................................................................... 43 
6.7.3. 
Visit Re-mapping ........................................................................................ 43 
6.7.3.1. 
Algorithm .................................................................................................... 43 
6.8. 
Handling of Missing Data ........................................................................... 44 
6.8.1. 
Missing Primary and Secondary Endpoints ................................................ 44 
6.8.2. 
Missing Start and Stop Dates for Prior and Concomitant Medication ........ 45 
6.8.3. 
Missing Start and Stop Dates for Adverse Events ...................................... 45 
7. 
STUDY POPULATION ............................................................................. 47 
7.1. 
Subjects Disposition .................................................................................... 47 
7.2. 
Screen Failures ............................................................................................ 47 
7.3. 
Protocol Deviations ..................................................................................... 47 
7.4. 
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics ....................................... 48 
7.5. 
Listing of Subject Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria ................................... 49 
7.6. 
Medical History and Medical Conditions Present at Entry ......................... 49 
7.7. 
Prior and Concomitant and Rescue Medication .......................................... 50 
7.8. 
Impact of COVID-19 .................................................................................. 51 
8. 
EFFICACY ANALYSES ............................................................................ 51 
8.1. 
General Considerations ............................................................................... 51 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 18 of 68 
 
8.2. 
Testing Statistical Assumptions Including Comparability at Baseline ....... 52 
8.3. 
Statement of the Null and Alternate Hypotheses ........................................ 52 
8.4. 
Analyses on Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic ................................ 52 
8.5. 
Multiple Comparisons and Multiplicity ...................................................... 52 
8.6. 
Analysis of the Primary Efficacy Endpoint ................................................ 52 
8.6.1. 
Sensitivity Analyses of the Primary Efficacy Endpoint .............................. 53 
8.6.1.1. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Tipping Point Approach .......................................... 53 
8.6.1.2. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Complete Data Approach ........................................ 54 
8.6.1.3. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic ................. 54 
8.7. 
Analyses of the Secondary Efficacy Endpoints .......................................... 54 
8.7.1. 
Sensitivity Analyses of the Secondary Efficacy Endpoints ........................ 56 
8.7.1.1. 
Sensitivity Analysis – LOCF Approach ...................................................... 56 
8.7.1.2. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Observed Data Approach ........................................ 56 
8.7.1.3. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic ................. 56 
8.8. 
Impact-benefit of treatment at follow-up .................................................... 56 
8.9. 
Exploratory Efficacy Endpoints .................................................................. 56 
8.10. 
Summary of Reasons for Efficacy Non-Evaluability / Exclusion from 
Efficacy Analyses ........................................................................................ 57 
9. 
PHARMACOKINETIC ANALYSES ........................................................ 57 
9.1. 
Presentation of PK Data, Descriptive Statistics and PK Assessment ......... 57 
9.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters ....................................................................... 58 
9.3. 
Handling of Values Below the Limit of Quantification .............................. 61 
10. 
SAFETY AND TOLERABILITY .............................................................. 62 
10.1. 
Overall Summary of Tolerability ................................................................ 62 
10.1.1. 
Pandemic Related Safety Assessments ....................................................... 62 
10.2. 
Adverse Event Preferred Term and Body/Organ System Summary Tables 62 
10.2.1. 
Summaries of Adverse Event for All Subjects ........................................... 62 
10.2.2. 
Missing and Partial Adverse Event Onset Dates ......................................... 64 
10.2.3. 
Summaries of Serious Adverse Events, Adverse Event Dropouts and Death
 ..................................................................................................................... 64 
10.2.4. 
Immunogenicity Analyses ........................................................................... 64 
10.3. 
Treatment Compliance ................................................................................ 66 
10.4. 
Concomitant and Other Medications .......................................................... 66 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 19 of 68 
 
10.5. 
Laboratory Data .......................................................................................... 66 
10.6. 
Vital Signs ................................................................................................... 67 
10.7. 
Electrocardiogram ....................................................................................... 67 
10.8. 
Physical Examination .................................................................................. 68 
11. 
REFERENCES ............................................................................................ 68 
12. 
APPENDICES ............................................................................................. 68 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 20 of 68 
 
LIST OF TABLES AND FIGURES  
Table 1: 
List of Abbreviations ................................................................................... 21 
Table 2:  
Visits (Days) ................................................................................................ 42 
Table 3: 
Numerical Rating Scale ............................................................................... 44 
Table 4: 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters ....................................................................... 58 
Table 5: 
Classification of Severity of Adverse Events (CTCAE v4.03) ................... 63 
 
Figure 1: 
Study Design ............................................................................................... 30 
 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 21 of 68 
 
1. 
LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS OF TERMS 
Table 1: 
List of Abbreviations 
Abbreviation 
Term or Definition 
ACQ-5 
Asthma Control Questionnaire-5 
AD 
Atopic Dermatitis 
ADA 
Anti-drug antibody (ies) 
ADaM 
Analysis Dataset Model 
ADL 
Activities of daily living 
AE  
Adverse Event 
AIC 
Akaike’s Information Criterion 
ATC 
Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical 
AUC  
Area under the curve  
AUC0-∞  
Area under the curve from time 0 to infinity  
AUC0-t  
Area under the curve from time 0 to the last measurable concentration  
AUC0-tau  
Area under the curve over dosing interval  
BLQ 
Below the Limit of Quantification 
BMI 
Body Mass Index 
BSA 
Body Surface Area 
Cmax 
Maximum observed plasma concentration 
Ctrough 
Serum concentrations at end of dosing interval 
CDISC 
Clinical Data Interchange Consortium 
CI 
Confidence Interval 
CMH 
Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel  
CSR 
Clinical Study Report 
CTCAE 
Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events 
CV 
Coefficient of Variation 
DBP 
Diastolic Blood Pressure 
DLQI 
Dermatology Life Quality Index 
DSMB 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
EASI 
Eczema Area and Severity Index 
ECG  
Electrocardiogram 
ECLIA 
Electrochemiluminescence immunoassay  
eCRF 
Electronic Case Report Forms 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 22 of 68 
 
Abbreviation 
Term or Definition 
ELISA 
Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay 
EOT 
End-of-treatment 
EOS 
End of Study 
EQ-5D 
EuroQoL 5-Dimension 
EU 
European Union 
FAS 
Full Analysis Set 
GISS 
Global Individual Signs Score  
HADS 
Hospital Anxiety and Depression Scale 
HBcAg 
Hepatitis B core Antigen 
HBsAg 
Hepatitis B surface Antigen 
HEENT 
Heads, eyes, ears, nose and throat 
HIV 
Human Immunodeficiency Virus 
ICH 
International Council on Harmonisation  
IEC 
Independent Ethics Committee 
IGA 
Investigator’s Global Assessment 
IgE 
Immunoglobulin E 
IM 
Immunogenicity 
IRB 
Institutional Review Board 
IS 
Immunogenicity  
ISR 
Injection Site Reaction 
ITT 
Intent-to-Treat 
IVRS 
Interactive Voice Response System 
IWRS 
Interactive Web Response System 
LLOQ 
Lower Limit Of Quantitation 
LOCF 
Last Observation Carried Forward 
MAR 
Missing At Random 
MedDRA 
Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities 
MI 
Multiple Imputation 
MMRM 
Mixed-effect Model for Repeated Measures 
MNAR 
Missing Not At Random 
NAm 
North America 
NCI 
National Cancer Institute  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 23 of 68 
 
Abbreviation 
Term or Definition 
NIH 
National Institutes of Health 
NRS 
Numeric Rating Scale 
PD 
Pharmacodynamic(s) 
PGA 
Patient Global Assessment 
PK 
Pharmacokinetic(s) 
PKAS 
Pharmacokinetics Analysis Set 
POEM 
Patient-Oriented Eczema Measure 
PPS 
Per-Protocol Set 
PT 
Preferred Term 
q2w 
Every two weeks 
q4w 
Every four weeks 
QCD 
Quantitative Clinical Development 
QoL 
Quality of Life 
QTc 
Corrected QT 
SAE 
Serious Adverse Event 
SAS 
Safety Analysis Set 
SAP 
Statistical Analysis Plan 
SBP 
Systolic Blood Pressure 
SC 
Subcutaneous(ly) 
SCORAD 
SCORing Atopic Dermatitis 
SD 
Standard Deviation 
SDTM 
Study Data Tabulation Model 
SNOT 
Sino-nasal Outcome Test 
SOC 
System Organ Class 
TCI 
Topical Calcineurin Inhibitor 
TCS 
Topical Corticosteroid 
TEAE 
Treatment-Emergent Adverse Event 
TLFs 
Tables, Listings and Figures 
TLR 
Topline Results 
TSR 
Technical Summary Report 
UN 
Unstructured 
VAS 
Visual Analogue Scale 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 24 of 68 
 
Abbreviation 
Term or Definition 
WHODD 
World Health Organization Drug Dictionary 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 25 of 68 
 
2. 
INTRODUCTION 
The purpose of this statistical analysis plan (SAP) is to provide details of the planned statistical 
methodology for the analysis of the study data. The SAP also outlines the statistical 
programming specifications for the tables, listings and figures. 
This SAP is based on study protocol GBR 830-204 Version 10.0, Amendment 9. It describes the 
study endpoints, derived variables, anticipated data transformations and manipulations, and 
other details of the analyses not provided in the study protocol. This SAP therefore outlines in 
detail all other aspects pertaining to the planned analyses and presentations for this study. 
Details of efficacy, safety and pharmacokinetic (PK) analyses will be specified in this SAP and 
included in the Clinical Study Report (CSR). Detailed statistical methods, including methods for 
the handling of missing data for analyzing the primary, secondary and exploratory endpoints 
will be described in this SAP. This SAP was developed in accordance with ICH E9 guideline. 
All decisions regarding final analysis, as defined in this SAP document, will be made prior to 
Database Lock (unblinding) of the study data. The reader of this SAP should also read the 
clinical protocol, and other relevant documents for details on the planned conduct of this study. 
Operational aspects including the protocol Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3 in the 
protocol) related to collection and timing of planned clinical assessments are not repeated in this 
SAP unless relevant to the planned analyses. 
Population pharmacokinetic and exposure-response modeling will be described in a Modeling 
Plan and data will be published in a separate report. Biomarker analyses will not be part of the 
CSR and will be described separately. 
3. 
STUDY OBJECTIVES AND PURPOSE 
3.1. 
Study Objectives 
3.1.1. 
Primary Objective 
 To characterize the efficacy of ISB 830 monotherapy in adults with moderate-
to-severe atopic dermatitis (AD) compared to placebo as measured by 
percentage change from baseline in Eczema Area and Severity Index (EASI) 
score at Week 16. 
3.1.2. 
Secondary Objectives 
 To evaluate safety, tolerability, PK and immunogenicity of ISB 830 in adults 
with moderate-to-severe AD.  
 To measure the effect of ISB 830 on disease activity in adult subjects with 
moderate-to-severe AD, as measured by validated tools (such as Investigator’s 
Global Assessment (IGA), EASI response, SCORing Atopic Dermatitis  
(SCORAD)).  
3.1.3. 
Exploratory Objectives  
 To evaluate pharmacodynamics (PD) of ISB 830 in adults with moderate-to-
severe AD. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 26 of 68 
 
3.2. 
Study Endpoints 
3.2.1. 
Primary Endpoint 
 Percent change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16. 
3.2.2. 
Secondary Endpoints 
Efficacy endpoints are:  
 Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) at Week 
16 (key secondary endpoint). 
 Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) plus an IGA 
reduction from baseline of ≥2 points at Week 16 (key secondary endpoint). 
 Proportion of subjects with improvement (reduction) of Pruritus Numerical Rating 
Scale (NRS) ≥4 from baseline to Week 16. 
 Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) 
response from baseline through Week 16. 
 Change in SCORAD from baseline through Week 16. 
 Change in the Dermatology Life Quality Index (DLQI) from baseline through 
Week 16. 
 Change in Global Individual Signs Score (GISS) (erythema, infiltration/papulation, 
excoriations, lichenification) from baseline through Week 16. 
 Change in Hospital Anxiety Depression Scale (HADS) from baseline through Week 
16. 
 Change in Patient Oriented Eczema Measure (POEM) from baseline through Week 
16. 
 Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Disease from 
baseline through Week 16. 
 Absolute and percent change in Patient Global Assessment of Treatment from 
baseline through Week 16. 
 Assessment of sick leave and/or missed school days through Week 16. 
Safety endpoints are: 
 Incidence of treatment-emergent adverse events (TEAEs) from baseline through 
Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Incidence of skin infection TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Incidence of conjunctivitis TEAEs requiring systemic treatment from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Incidence of treatment-emergent serious adverse events (SAEs) from baseline 
through Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Incidence of TEAEs leading to treatment discontinuation from baseline through 
Week 16 and Week 54. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 27 of 68 
 
 Overall number of TEAEs and SAEs through Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Vital signs, clinical laboratory values, and electrocardiogram (ECG) results 
monitored from baseline through Week 16 and Week 54. 
 Formation of anti-drug antibodies (ADA) to ISB 830 to evaluate immunogenicity.  
Pharmacokinetics endpoints are: 
 Cmax, tmax, AUC0-tau, AUC0-t, and other related parameters will be estimated using 
data from the rich PK group from the blinded treatment phase. Ctrough values will 
be estimated using data from both rich and sparse PK groups from the blinded 
treatment phase. 
3.2.3. 
Exploratory Endpoints  
Exploratory efficacy endpoints are: 
 Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA 
reduction from baseline of ≥2 points through Week 54. 
 Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) through 
Week 54. 
 Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) 
through Week 54. 
 Change in the European Quality of Life Status (EQ-5D) through Week 16. 
 Change in Juniper Asthma Control Questionnaire (ACQ-5) from baseline through 
Week 16. 
 Change in the Sino-nasal Outcome Test (SNOT-22) from baseline through Week 
16. 
 To assess qualitative changes in photographs of skin lesions taken at time points 
specified in the Schedule of Assessment (Table 2 and Table 3 in the protocol).  
4. 
OVERALL STUDY DESIGN 
4.1. 
Summary of Study Design 
This is a multicenter, double-blind, placebo-controlled study. The study will be conducted 
in 4 phases: a screening phase, a blinded treatment phase, an open-label treatment phase, 
and a follow-up phase. Subjects will participate in a 54-week treatment period (including 52 
weeks of study drug administration) with 12 weeks follow-up from the end-of-treatment 
(EOT) visit (Week 54 to Week 66). The study will be conducted in 2 Parts, with dosing 
Groups 1-4 comprising Part 1, and dosing Groups 5-6 comprising Part 2. 
The blinded treatment phase consists of a randomized, placebo-controlled treatment with 
ISB 830 for 16 weeks at different dose levels (see below). The open-label treatment 
phase consists of a 38-week treatment phase where ISB830 will be administered every 
other week (q2w) subcutaneously (SC). The primary endpoint of the study will be 
assessed at the end of the blinded treatment period at Week 16. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 31 of 68 
 
4.2. 
Definition of Study Drugs 
Table 4 in the protocol provides a description of the study drug (double-blind ISB 830 and 
placebo) to be used in the study.  
4.3. 
Sample Size Considerations 
4.3.1. 
Sample Size Justifications 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3.2. 
Sample Size Re-estimation 
No sample size re-estimation is planned for this study. 
4.3.3. 
Enrollment of Additional Subjects 
Special considerations have been added to the protocol based on the issues arising from the 
SARS-CoV-2/COVID-19 pandemic. During the blinded dosing period for Part 2 (ie, prior to 
completion of the Week 16 visit), any randomized subject who terminates study participation or 
who misses 2 or more consecutive doses of study drug (even if continuing with study 
participation) or misses any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16, as a result of 
pandemic-related reasons, may not be counted against the total number of subjects targeted 
(N=156 for Part 2 of the study). For each of these cases, a new subject may be screened and 
randomized, to allow an evaluable number of subjects for the Week 16 primary endpoint. The 
new subjects in screening will receive new subject numbers and new treatment assignments as 
per the current randomization schedule in the protocol. 
Additional subjects will only be added in response to the number of subjects who meet the 
above criteria, as a result of pandemic-related issues. Randomized subjects who discontinue 
study participation or miss consecutive doses or the Week 16 primary endpoint assessments for 
non- pandemic related reasons, or who have study drug or study visit issues after completing 
their Week 16 visit, will not trigger the screening of additional subjects. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 32 of 68 
 
4.4. 
Randomization 
Randomization numbers will be issued centrally using interactive voice response system 
(IVRS)/interactive web response system (IWRS). Subjects who meet all eligibility criteria will 
be randomized on Day 1 using the IVRS/IWRS system and allocated a randomization number 
prior to receiving the first dose of study drug.  
Randomized subjects will be stratified by the IVRS/IWRS based on disease severity 
(moderate/severe), geographic region (North America (NAm)/European Union (EU)) as 
prognostic factors, and subjects consenting to rich PK sampling (Yes/No) to ensure balance of 
treatment groups within each stratum. Randomized subjects who terminate their study 
participation for any reason, regardless of whether study drug has been taken or not, will retain 
their randomization number. The randomization scheme will be stored within the IVRS/IWRS 
database until unblinding of this study is requested. The randomization scheme and 
identification for each subject will be included in the final clinical study report for this study. 
4.5. 
Clinical Assessments  
4.5.1. 
Efficacy Assessments  
 The Eczema Area and Severity Index (EASI) is a validated measure used in clinical practice 
and clinical studies to assess the severity and extent of AD. Four AD disease characteristics 
will be assessed for severity by the Investigator or designee on a scale of “0” (absent) 
through “3” (severe). In addition, the area of AD involvement will be assessed as a 
percentage by body area of head/neck, trunk(including genital area), upper limbs, and lower 
limbs (including buttocks) and converted to a score of 0 to 6 (Hanifin et al, 2001). The EASI 
will be collected in the electronic Case Report Forms (eCRF) and EASI score will be 
calculated in the eCRF as follows: 
Body Region 
EASI Score 
Head/Neck (H) 
(E + I + Ex + L) x Area x 0.1 
Upper limbs (UL) 
(E + I + Ex + L) x Area x 0.2 
Trunk (T) 
(E + I + Ex + L) x Area x 0.3 
Lower limbs (LL) 
(E + I + Ex + L) x Area x 0.4 
EASI score 
Sum of the above 4 body region scores 
The degree of severity of each sign (E = erythema, I = induration/papulation, Ex = excoriation, L = 
lichenification) in each of the 4 body regions is evaluated based on a scale ranging from 0 to 3 (0: none; 1: 
mild; 2: moderate; 3: severe), with half points allowed. Area (the affected body area) is defined as follows: 0= 
0%; 1=1-9%; 2=10-29%; 3=30-49%; 4=50-69%; 5=70-89%; 6=90-100%.  Among the 4 zones, trunk includes 
the genital area, and lower limbs include the buttocks.  
 The IGA is an assessment scale used in clinical studies to determine severity of AD and 
clinical response to treatment based on a 5-point scale ranging from 0 (clear) to 4 (severe). 
The IGA will be collected in the eCRF. 
IGA Score 
Definition 
0 = Clear 
No inflammatory sign of atopic dermatitis 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 33 of 68 
 
1 = Almost 
clear 
Just perceptible erythema and just perceptible papulation/infiltration; Barely 
perceptible erythema and/or minimal lesion elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
2 = Mild 
disease 
Mild erythema and mild papulation/infiltration; Visible detectible, light pink 
erythema and very slight elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
3 = Moderate 
disease  
Moderate erythema and moderate papulation/infiltration; Dull red, clearly 
distinguishable erythema; clearly perceptible elevation 
(papulation/infiltration), but not extensive 
4 = Severe 
disease  
Severe erythema and severe papulation/infiltration; Deep/dark red erythema; 
marked and extensive elevation (papulation/infiltration) 
 The SCORAD is a validated tool used in clinical research and clinical practice that was 
developed to standardize the evaluation of the extent and intensity of AD. The extent of AD 
is assessed as a percentage of each defined body area and reported as the sum of all areas, 
with a maximum score of 100% (assigned as “A” in the overall SCORAD calculation). The 
intensity of 6 specific symptoms of AD is assessed using the following scale: none (0), mild 
(1), moderate (2), or severe (3), (for a maximum of 18 total points, assigned as “B” in the 
overall SCORAD calculation). Subjective assessment of itch and sleeplessness is recorded 
for each symptom by the subject or relative on a visual analogue scale (VAS), where 0 is no 
pruritis (or sleep-loss) and 10 is the worst imaginable pruritis (or sleep-loss). This parameter 
is assigned as “C” in the overall SCORAD calculation. The SCORAD is calculated as: A/5 
+ 7B/2 + C (Kunz et al, 1997) and the maximum of SCORAD score is 103. The SCORAD 
will be collected in the eCRF. If SCORAD uses a non-10cm VAS scale line, the 
measurement will be converted to 10cm VAS scale line using a standard ratio.  
 For Pruritus NRS subjects will respond to the following question, “On a scale of 0 – 10, 
with 0 being no itch and 10 being the worst itch imaginable, how would you rate your worst 
degree of itch during the previous 24 hours?”. The Pruritis NRS will be assessed and 
recorded by the subject once per day in the morning, ideally at the same time; and reviewed 
by study staff at each clinic visit. Baseline Pruritus NRS average score for maximum itch 
intensity will be determined based on the average of daily Pruritus NRS scores for 
maximum itch intensity (the daily score ranges from 0 to 10) during the 7 days immediately 
preceding) randomization. A minimum of 3 daily scores out of the 7 days is required to 
calculate the baseline average score. For subjects who do not have at least 4 daily scores 
reported during the 7 days immediately preceding the planned randomization date, 
randomization should be postponed until this requirement is met, but without exceeding the 
28-day maximum duration for screening). 
 The DLQI is a subject-administered, 10-question, validated, quality-of-life questionnaire 
that covers 6 domains including symptoms and feelings, daily activities, leisure, work, and 
school personal relationships and treatment. Response categories include “a little,” “a lot,” 
and “very much” with corresponding scores of 1, 2, and 3, respectively; “a little ,” “not 
relevant” responses are scored as “0.” Totals range from 0 to 30 (i.e., from less to more 
impairment), and a 5point change from baseline is considered clinically relevant (Finlay and 
Khan, 1994; Basra et al, 2008).   
 For GISS individual components of the AD lesions (erythema, infiltration/papulation, 
excoriations, and lichenification) will be rated globally (i.e., each assessed for the whole 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 34 of 68 
 
body, not by anatomical region) on a 4-point scale (from 0=none to 3=severe) using the 
EASI severity grading criteria. The GISS will be collected in the eCRF. 
 Body Surface Area (BSA) affected by AD will be assessed for each section of the body (the 
possible highest score for each region is: head and neck [9%], anterior trunk [18%], back 
[18%], upper limbs [18%], lower limbs [36%], and genitals [1%]), and will be reported as a 
percentage of all major body sections combined. The BSA will be collected in the eCRF. 
 The HADS is an instrument for screening anxiety and depression in non-psychiatric 
populations; repeated administration also provides information about changes to a patient’s 
emotional state (Zigmond and Snaith, 1983; Hermann, 1997). The HADS consists of 14 
items, 7 each for anxiety and depression symptoms; possible scores range from 0 to 21 for 
each subscale. The following cut-off scores are recommended for both subscales: 7 to 8 for 
possible presence, 10 to 11 for probable presence, and 14 to 15 for severe anxiety or 
depression. At a given visit, there must be responses to at least 6 out of 7 questions within 
each sub-scale of anxiety and depression.  If fewer than 6 responses, then the sub-scale will 
be set to missing 
 The POEM is a 7-item, validated questionnaire used in clinical practice and clinical trials to 
assess disease symptoms in children and adults (Charman et al, 2004). The format is a 
response to 7 items (dryness, itching, flaking, cracking, sleep loss, bleeding, and weeping) 
based on frequency during the past week (i.e., 0 = no days, 1 = 1 to 2 days, 2 = 3 to 4 days, 
3 = 5 to 6 days, and 4 = all days) with a scoring system of 0 to 28; the total score reflects 
disease-related morbidity.  
 The EQ-5D is a standardized measure of health status developed by the EuroQoL Group in 
order to provide a simple, generic measure of health for clinical and economic appraisal.  
The EQ-5D consists of 2 parts: the descriptive system and the EQ visual analogue scale 
(EQVAS). The EQ-5D descriptive system comprises the following 5 dimensions: mobility, 
self-care, usual activities, pain/discomfort, and anxiety/depression. Each dimension has 3 
levels of perceived problems: “no problem” (level 1), “some problems” (level 2), “extreme 
problems” (level 3). The VAS scale is a 100-point scale with endpoints ranging from 100 –
“best imaginable health state” to 0-“worst imaginable health state”. 
 The ACQ-5 is a 5-question version of the Juniper ACQ that is a validated questionnaire to 
evaluate asthma control.  The questionnaire will be administered only to the subset of 
subjects with a medical history of asthma. The ACQ-5 will be collected in the eCRF. 
 The SNOT-22 is a validated questionnaire to assess the impact of chronic rhinosinusitis on 
quality of life (QoL). The questionnaire will be administered only to a subset of subjects 
with chronic inflammatory conditions of the nasal mucosa and/or paranasal sinuses (eg, with 
chronic rhinitis/ rhinosinusitis, nasal polyps, allergic rhinitis).  
 For Patient Global Assessment (PGA) of Disease subjects will rate their overall wellbeing 
based on a 5-point Likert scale from poor to excellent. Subjects will be asked: “Considering 
all the ways in which your eczema affects you, indicate how well you are doing.” Response 
choices are: “Poor=1”; “Fair=2”; “Good=3”; “Very Good=4”; “Excellent=5.”  
 For Patient Global Assessment (PGA) of Treatment subjects will rate their satisfaction with 
the study treatment based on a 5-point Likert scale from poor to excellent.  Subjects will be 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 35 of 68 
 
asked: “How would you rate the way your eczema responded to the study medication?”  
Response choices are: “Poor=1”; “Fair=2”; “Good=3”; “Very Good=4”; “Excellent=5.”  
 For assessment of Sick Leave and/or Missed School Days subjects who are employed or 
enrolled in school will be asked to report the number of sick leave and/or missed 
work/school days due to AD (e.g. vs due to an accident) in the last 4 weeks.  
4.5.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Assessments   
Blood samples (3.5 mL each) will be collected from both rich and sparse PK groups at 
appropriate time points defined in Table 2 and 3, and Table 8 in the protocol. Serum 
concentrations of ISB830 in these samples will be quantified using a validated enzyme-linked 
immunosorbent assay (ELISA) method. Serum concentration data from both rich PK and sparse 
PK group from the blinded treatment will be used to derive PK parameters, as appropriate. In 
the blinded phase of the study, only the serum sample from subjects, belonging to treatment 
arms that received ISB830 will be analyzed. In open-label phase of the study, PK samples from 
all subjects will be analyzed. 
4.5.3. 
Immunogenicity Assessments  
Blood samples (5 mL) will be collected from all subjects at appropriate time points defined in 
Table 2, Table 3 and Table 8 in the protocol, to detect the presence of ADA to ISB830, as per 
procedures similar to collection of PK samples. Antibodies generated against ISB830 will be 
detected and confirmed using a validated ECLIA method. Details of sample collection, 
processing and storage and shipment to the bioanalytical laboratory will be outlined in a 
separate laboratory manual.   
4.5.4. 
Safety Assessments  
Safety and tolerability of ISB 830 will be assessed, including adverse event (AE); SAEs; TEAE; 
anaphylactic events and injection site reactions (ISR); vital signs; physical examinations; 
electrocardiograms (ECGs); and clinical laboratory parameters, as detailed in the Schedule of 
Assessments (Table 2 and Table 3) of the protocol.  
Guidance will be given to the investigator for the criteria to be used to assess anaphylaxis 
(Sampson et al, 2006). Injection site reactions will be assessed according to the Common 
Terminology Criteria for Adverse Events (CTCAE) v4.03, 2010).   
Stopping/discontinuation/withdrawal criteria are listed in Section 8.3 of the protocol. 
In case of premature discontinuation, the reason and their cause must be documented. All 
appropriate assessments should be conducted at the EOT visits. If the withdrawal is due to an 
adverse event (AE), the AE should be monitored until it is resolved, stabilizes or has returned to 
a status that was prior to the AE. 
4.6. 
Changes in the SAP Compared to the Study Protocol 
 For the efficacy endpoints (EASI-75 and IGA) stated below, “secondary efficacy endpoints” 
have been changed to “key secondary efficacy endpoints” 
- 
Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (≥75% improvement from baseline) at Week 16 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 36 of 68 
 
- 
Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction 
from baseline >2 points at Week 16  
 Protocol section 15.6 “The efficacy results from these 2 parts of the study will be kept 
separate. However, the safety results will be presented side by side.” has been changed to 
“The efficacy and safety results from these 2 parts of the study will be kept separate.”  
 For Vital Signs, “Shift tables will present changes from baseline (categorized as normal; 
abnormal, not clinically significant; and abnormal, clinically significant) to end of 
treatment.” has been changed to “Shift tables will present changes from baseline 
(categorized as normal; abnormal) to end-of-treatment.”  
 For ECG,  “Shift tables will present changes from baseline in ECG interpretation 
(categorized as normal; abnormal, not clinically significant; and abnormal, clinically 
significant) to end of treatment.” has been changed to “Shift tables will present changes 
from baseline in ECG interpretation (categorized as normal; abnormal) to end-of-treatment.”  
 Protocol section 15.2.4, ‘The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset 
of the SAS population who received ISB 830 and for whom sufficient serum concentration 
data are available to facilitate derivation of PK parameters, do not have any major protocol 
deviation, and for whom the time of dosing and the time of sampling are known.’ has been 
changed to ‘The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset of the SAS 
population who received ISB 830 having no major protocol deviation affecting PK and for 
whom at least one sample with detectable plasma concentration data is available and for 
whom the time of dosing and the time of sampling are known. 
5. 
PLANNED ANALYSES 
5.1. 
Interim Analyses 
No interim analyses are planned for this study. 
5.2. 
Data Safety Monitoring Board 
This study will institute a data safety monitoring board (DSMB) which will function 
independently of all other individuals associated with the conduct of this clinical trial, including 
the site investigators participating in the study. The DSMB will monitor subject safety by 
formally reviewing accumulated safety data by treatment group at least twice during the study 
but may require additional review as per DSMB charter. The blinded and unblinded outputs will 
be submitted to the DSMB as outlined in the DSMB charter. 
5.3. 
Primary Analyses  
All planned analyses will be carried out once the clinical database lock (DBL) has taken place. 
Once this has been achieved, unblinding will occur and the analyses will be performed.  
Parts 1 and 2 are two independent parts of the study protocol and will therefore be analyzed 
separately. That is, upon completion of the double-blind period of Part 1, the database will be 
partially locked. The data will be analyzed and the topline results (TLR) will be determined. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 37 of 68 
 
Similar activities will take place upon the completion of the double-blind period of Part 2. 
For Part 1 of the study, Group 1 (ISB 
 loading dose/
 q2w maintenance), Group 2 
(ISB 
 loading dose/
 q4w maintenance) and Group 3 (ISB 
 loading dose/
 
 q4w maintenance) will be compared to the corresponding placebo arm (Group 4).  
For Part 2 of the study, Group 5 (ISB 
 loading dose/
 q2w maintenance) will be 
compared to the corresponding placebo arm (Group 6) using the same statistical methods used 
in the analysis of the first part of the study.  
There are two primary analyses locks for the study: Part 1 DBL1 and Part 2 DBL2.  
5.4. 
Final Analyses  
All the data until the end of the study will be locked (DBL3) and analyzed for final analyses. 
Final analyses will supersede any earlier TLFs. It will consist of blinded and open-label 
treatment phase for Part 1 and Part 2 of the study as detailed below. The outputs will be 
generated as per the Appendices ‘Table, Listing, Figure (TLF Shell)’. Listings will be presented 
for all Part 1 and Part 2 data.  
Part 1 and Part 2 tables and/or figures will be generated for, 
 Week 54: Efficacy and Safety 
 PK concentration Open-label  
 Study Population  
 Week 66 or End of Study (EOS) follow-up assessment for the primary and key 
secondary end points (percentage change from baseline in EASI score, EASI-75 and 
IGA) for completers and non-completers/early discontinued subjects  
Part 1 adhoc tables and/or figures will be generated for,   
 Week 16 Efficacy (format: table number suffix '.ah' and table title prefix 'Adhoc 
Analysis' with footnote ‘Adhoc analysis considering the rescue medication censoring ') 
Part 1 and Part 2 re-runs of tables will be generated for,   
 Week 16 Safety tables (AE and labs), ECG and Study Population (format: table number 
suffix '.r' and table title prefix 'Re-run:' with footnote ‘Re-run: Due to data change after 
Part 1 database lock the TLFs from Part 1 have been re-run’ or  with footnote ‘Re-run: 
Due to data change after Part 2 database lock the TLFs from Part 2 have been re-run’).  
Part 2 re-run of table will be generated for,   
 Week 16 Efficacy of NRS (format: table number suffix '.r' and table title prefix 'Re-run:' 
with footnote ‘Re-run: Due to data change after Part 2 database lock the TLFs from Part 
2 have been re-run’). 
The screening, demographic, baseline, PK parameters and week 16 tables and figures will not 
be generated for Part 1 and Part 2 unless specified for re-runs or adhoc.   

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 38 of 68 
 
6. 
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS FOR DATA ANALYSES AND 
HANDLING 
6.1. 
General Summary Table and Individual Subject Data Listing 
Considerations  
Subject number when broken down consists of the site number and 3 digits sequential number. 
Study visits will be labeled in Electronic Data Capture (EDC) as Screening, Baseline (Day 
1/Week 0), Day 8/Week1, Day 15/Week 2, Day 22/Week 3, Day 29/Week 4, Day 43/Week 6, 
Day 57/Week 8, Day 71/Week 10, Day 85/week 12, Day 99/Week 14 and Day 113/Week 16 
(end of blinded treatment phase and start of open-label phase), Day 127/Week 18, Day 
141/Week 20, Day 155/Week 22, Day 169/Week 24, Day 183/Week 26, Day 197/Week 28, 
Day 379/Week 54 (end of open-label phase)  as well as Day 405/Week 58, Day 435/Week 62, 
Day 463/Week 66 (end of follow up and Unscheduled. When required, the time of the 
scheduled assessment will be included. In general, listings will be sorted and presented by 
treatment and subject number.   
The following treatment levels will be used for all tables, figures, and listings in the order 
below:  
6.2. 
General Post Text Summary Table and Individual Subject Data 
Listing Format Considerations 
Tables, figures and listings are numbered following the ICH structure. Table headers, variables 
names and footnotes will be modified as needed following data analyses. Additional tables, 
figures and listings will be generated, as needed, following the data analysis.  
6.3. 
Data Management 
Data from the study will be managed by the Sponsor’s Clinical Research Operations group or 
designee. The Investigator will allow representatives of the Sponsor, regulatory agencies, and 
their designees to inspect all study documents (including, but not limited to, consent forms, IP 
accountability forms, Institutional Review Board (IRB)/Independent Ethics Committee (IEC) 
approvals) and pertinent hospital or clinic records for confirmation of data throughout and after 
completion of the study. Monitoring visits will be conducted as needed during the course of the 
Part 
Treatment Group 
Treatment Level 
Part 1 
Treatment Group 1 
ISB830-1 
Treatment Group 2 
ISB830-2 
Treatment Group 3  
ISB830-3 
   
ISB830-Total  
Treatment Group 4 
Placebo-1 
Part 2 
Treatment Group 5 
ISB830-5 
Treatment Group 6 
Placebo-2 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 39 of 68 
 
study. A complete review of source documentation of key efficacy and safety data will be 
conducted at each monitoring visit for verification that all information recorded in the eCRF 
accurately reflects the data recorded in the subject's source documents. All data verification, 
using hospital or clinic records, will be performed respecting subject confidentiality and will be 
carried out in accordance with SOPs. All subject data generated during the study will be 
recorded and transcribed into a database. The final authorization of the CRF/eCRF data is the 
Investigator Signature Form. This form must be approved by the Principal Investigator to 
signify that he/she has reviewed the CRF/eCRF, including all laboratory and safety assessments, 
and that all of the data therein is complete and accurate. The data will be reviewed to ensure that 
the forms were completed properly. Datasets will be prepared using headings from Clinical 
Data Interchange Consortium (CDISC) Study Data Tabulation Model (SDTM) implementation 
for human clinical trials and Analysis Dataset Model (ADaM). 
All tables, figures and listings will be produced using SAS® statistical software Version 9.3 or  
higher, unless otherwise noted in a secure and validated environment. All tables and listings will 
be produced in RTF format and all outputs will be independently checked for consistency, 
integrity in accordance with standard Parexel procedures. 
6.4. 
Data Presentation Conventions 
 Continuous data will be summarized in terms of the mean, SD, median, minimum, 
maximum, and number of observations, unless otherwise stated. Continuous data that are 
expected to be skewed will be presented in terms of the maximum, upper quartile, median, 
lower quartile, minimum, and number of observations. The minimum and maximum will be 
reported to the same number of decimal places as the raw data recorded in the database. The 
mean, median, lower quartile and upper quartile will be reported to one more decimal place 
than the raw data recorded in the database where applicable. The SD will be reported to two 
more decimal places than the raw data recorded in the database where applicable. In general, 
the maximum number of decimal places reported shall be four for any summary statistic.  
 Categorical data will be summarized in terms of the number of subjects providing data at the 
relevant time point, frequency counts, and percentages. Any planned collapsing of 
categories will be detailed in the corresponding sections of this SAP and within the data 
displays. The percentages will be presented to one decimal place and will not be presented 
for zero counts.   
 Percentages will be calculated using N as the denominator. 
 Changes from baseline in categorical data will be summarized using shift tables where 
appropriate. 
 Date variables are formatted as DDMMMYYYY for presentation. Time is formatted in 
military time as HH:MM for presentation. 
 Wherever possible, data will be decimal aligned.  
 P-values greater than or equal to 0.001, in general, will be presented to three decimal places.  
P-values less than 0.001 will be presented as “<0.001” and p-values greater than 0.999 will 
be presented as “>0.999.”  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 40 of 68 
 
 Confidence intervals will be presented to one more decimal place than the raw data where 
applicable. 
 When change from baseline is assessed at a post-baseline visit, unless otherwise specified, 
only patients with both baseline and post-baseline measurements will be included in the 
analysis. If baseline or post-baseline value is missing for a patient, then the change from 
baseline will be set to missing.   
 For patients who withdraw, all data will be reported prior to the point of withdrawal in line 
with the population definitions and the specified analysis.   
 A table, figure, listing is to be generated for any required item where no data is available or 
reported, with either a table or listing stating “No Data Available” or “No Data Reported,” 
or print a 1 line message indicating there was no report data available: “No Data Available 
For This Report.” 
6.5. 
Analysis Populations 
Study population is adult males and females (≥ 18 years of age) with moderate-to-severe AD 
whose disease cannot be adequately controlled with topical medications or for whom topical 
treatment is medically inadvisable (e.g. intolerance, other important side effects or safety risks). 
6.5.1. 
Full Analysis Set 
The Full Analysis Set (FAS) consists of all subjects who are randomized and received at least 1 
dose of study medication. Based upon the Intent-to-Treat (ITT) principle, subjects will be 
analyzed according to the treatment group assigned. 
The efficacy summaries and analyses will be based on the FAS population. In the event that a 
subject is allocated the incorrect study treatment as per the study randomization list, subjects 
will be summarized and analyzed ‘as randomized’ (i.e., by randomized treatment group).  In the 
event that a subject is stratified incorrectly, ‘randomized stratum’ will be used rather than 
‘actual stratum.’ 
6.5.2. 
Per-Protocol Set  
The Per Protocol Set (PPS) consists of all FAS subjects who have no major protocol deviations 
of eligibility or on-treatment study conduct.  
For the primary and key secondary efficacy endpoints, analysis will be performed on the PPS to 
assess the robustness of the study conclusions to the choice of analysis population. Subjects will 
be included in the analysis according to the treatment ‘as randomized’.  
6.5.3. 
Safety Analysis Set 
The Safety Analysis Set (SAS) consists of all subjects who were randomized and took at least 1 
dose of study medication. Subjects will be analyzed according to the treatment they received. 
Randomized subjects will only be excluded if there is clear, documented evidence that the 
subject did not receive any study drug injection.  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 41 of 68 
 
6.5.4. 
Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set 
The Pharmacokinetic Analysis Set (PKAS) consists of the subset of the SAS population who 
received ISB 830 having no major protocol deviation affecting PK and for whom at least one 
sample with detectable plasma concentration data is available and for whom the time of dosing 
and the time of sampling are known. Additional subjects may be excluded from the PKAS at the 
discretion of the pharmacokinetist. 
6.5.5. 
Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic  
The subjects not impacted by the pandemic excludes subjects who withdraw from the study or 
miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint 
assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. This subset will be analyzed for Part 2 of the 
study.  
6.6. 
Baseline Definition  
Baseline is defined as the last non-missing result prior to administration of the first dose of 
study medication during blinded treatment phase.    
The Baseline value for primary and secondary efficacy evaluations, laboratory data, physical 
examination, and vital signs will be defined as the visit of Day 1 measurement. If this 
measurement is not available, the visit of D-28 to D-1 measurement will be used as the baseline 
value (including the assessment performed in the unscheduled visits).   
Baseline pruritus NRS average score for maximum itch intensity will be based on the average of 
daily NRS scores for maximum itch intensity ≥ 3 over the previous 24 hours (the daily score 
ranges from 0 to 10). A minimum of 3 daily scores out of the 7 days is required to calculate the 
baseline average score. For subjects who do not have at least 4 daily scores reported during the 
7 days immediately preceding the planned randomization date, randomization should be 
postponed until this requirement is met, but without exceeding the 28-day maximum during for 
screening. 
6.7. 
Derived and Transformed Data 
The derived and transformed data are provided as follows.  
 Treatment duration of study drug exposure in days will be derived as: 
 Duration = date of the last dose - date of the first dose + 1   
 Study day will be derived as follows: 
- 
If the date of interest occurs on or after the randomization date: 
Study day = date of interest – randomization date + 1 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 42 of 68 
 
- 
If the date of interest occurs before the randomization date: 
Study day = date of interest – randomization date 
- 
There is no study Day 0. 
 Change from baseline will be calculated as 
- 
Change from baseline = post baseline measurement – baseline measurement 
 Percent change from baseline is calculated as  
 (Change from baseline/baseline measurement) × 100 
 Body mass index (BMI) will be computed using the formula: 
- 
 BMI = (weight in kilograms)/ (height in m)2 
If either the baseline or the post-baseline result is missing, the change from baseline and/or 
percentage change from baseline are set to missing as well. If baseline measurement is missing, 
the percent change from baseline is also set to missing. 
6.7.1. 
Visit Windows 
Table 2:  
Visits (Days) 
contains a list of visits in the study period.  Data will be analyzed based on the nominal 
visit/time. 
Table 2:  
Visits (Days) 
Study Period 
Visit Description 
Screening 
 
Blinded treatment phase 
Day 1 (Week 0)
Day 8 (Week 1)
Day 15 (Week 2)
Day 22 (Week 3)
Day 29 (Week 4)
Day 43 (Week 6)
Day 57 (Week 8)
Day 71 (Week 10)
Day 85 (Week 12)
Day 99 (Week 14)
EOT (Blinded treatment phase) Day 113 (Week 16)
Open-label phase 
Day 113 (Week 16)
Day 127 (Week 18)
Day 141 (Week 20)
Day 155 (Week 22)
 
Day 169 (Week 24)
 
Day 183 (Week 26)
 
Day 197 (Week 28)
 
Long-term  
Day 211 to 365  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 43 of 68 
 
(Week 30 to Week 52)
EOT (Open-label phase)
Day 379 (Week 54)
Follow-up phase  
Day 407 (Week 58)
Day 435 (Week 62)
EOS
Day 463 (Week 66) 
These analysis visits will be used in the calculations for all week-based parameters collected on subject’s diary 
(e.g., pruritus NRS).  Other non-diary data, such as IGA, EASI, BSA, SCORAD, GISS, POEM, DLQI, HADS, 
EQ5D, missed work/school day, vital signs, body weight, clinical laboratory assessments will be analyzed 
according to actual scheduled visits. 
For efficacy and safety data (except clinical laboratory assessments), where two or more 
assessments (include both scheduled and unscheduled assessments) are available for the same 
visit interval, the one closest to the target visit date will be used for the summary and analyses.  
For clinical laboratory assessments, if repeated measurements are taken for either time point 
(scheduled visit), then the last measurement will be used for the value for that time point.  
6.7.2. 
Unscheduled Assessments 
Unscheduled assessments (laboratory data, ECG or vital signs associated with non-protocol 
clinical visits or obtained in the course of investigating or managing AEs) will be included in 
listings, but not in summaries. 
6.7.3. 
Visit Re-mapping 
Assessment reported in End of treatment (EOT) blinded or open-label visits for early 
discontinued subjects only will be mapped to the next closest scheduled visit according to 
protocol (Table 2 or 3). Some assessments follow the midpoint algorithm visits re-mapping 
while others do not.   
6.7.3.1. 
Algorithm  
The ‘midpoint algorithm’ was used as per scheduled protocol visit for the corresponding 
assessment as per SoA (protocol Table2 and Table3). Find the mid-point between two 
scheduled protocol visits. If the date of assessment is before the mid-point, map to the earlier 
visit; otherwise map to the later visit. Unless, the earlier scheduled protocol visit is present, then 
map it to the next scheduled protocol visit. The different assessments as per their scheduled 
protocol visits (SoA) are presented: 
 DLQI, PATIENT-ORIENTED ECZEMA MEASURE, EQ-5D-3L, HADS, GLOBAL 
INDIVIDUAL SIGNS SCORE, INVESTIGATOR'S GLOBAL ASSESSMENT FOR 
SKIN LESIONS, BODY SURFACE AREA IN ATOPIC DERMATITIS, ECZEMA 
AREA AND SEVERITY INDEX, SCORING OF ATOPIC DERMATITIS 
 VS, PE 
 LB 
 GLOBAL ASSESSMENT OF DISEASE 
 GLOBAL ASSESSMENT OF TREATMENT 
 ASSESSMENT OF SICK LEAVE OR MISSED SCHOOL DAYS 
 IS (Immunogenicity) 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 44 of 68 
 
For example, if EASI assessment has EOT as day x=96. The midpoint between Week 12 Day 
85 and Week 16 Day 113 is  (113+85)/2=99. If we have x<99 then we will map it to week12 
Day 85; if we have x>=99 then we will map it to week 16 Day 113. Since 96<99 so we will 
remap it to week 12 for EASI. Unless, the earlier scheduled protocol visit is present (week 12), 
then map it to the next scheduled protocol visit (week 16). 
For ACQ, SNOT (CHRONIC RHINITIS/RHINOSINUSITIS) and ECG assessments, midpoint 
algorithm will not be used since these assessments only have Day1 and Day113 protocol 
scheduled visits. PK domain will also not use midpoint algorithm because they are not by visits 
but are by time point (Table 8 of the protocol). 
End of Study Visit is assigned as “Day 463 (Week 66)” for completers. Early discontinued 
subjects will not be re-mapped. 
For NRS, the following window will be followed: 
Table 3: 
Numerical Rating Scale  
Analysis Visit 
Visit Window Start 
Visit Window End 
Baseline 
-7 
-1 
Day 8 (Week 1) 
1 
8 
Day 15 (Week 2) 
9 
15 
Day 22 (Week 3) 
16 
22 
Day 29 (Week 4) 
23 
29 
Day 37 (Week 5) 
30 
36 
Day 43 (Week 6) 
37 
43 
Day 50 (Week 7) 
44 
50 
Day 57 (Week 8) 
51 
57 
Day 64 (Week 9) 
58 
64 
Day 71 (Week 10) 
65 
71 
Day 78 (Week 11) 
72 
78 
Day 85 (Week 12) 
79 
85 
Day 92 (Week 13) 
86 
92 
Day 99 (Week 14) 
93 
99 
Day 106 (Week 15) 
100 
106 
Day 113 (Week 16) 
Prior to or on 7 days from End of blinded 
treatment date for the respective subject
For assessment recorded after End of Blinded Treatment, calculate week from End of Blinded 
Treatment Date, and start with Week 17. Add one week by 7 days. 
6.8. 
Handling of Missing Data 
6.8.1. 
Missing Primary and Secondary Endpoints 
To test the robustness of Mixed-effect Model for Repeated Measures (MMRM) model for the 
primary endpoint, sensitivity analyses using tipping point approach will be conducted. In 
addition, the primary endpoint will be analyzed using the complete dataset (patients who 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 45 of 68 
 
complete the week 16 and had EASI measurement).  To assess the robustness of the results in 
the Part 2 of the study, the primary endpoint analysis using sensitivity analyses tipping point 
and complete dataset will be conducted excluding subjects who withdraw from the study or 
miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint 
assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. 
Sensitivity Analyses using Last Observation Carried Forward (LOCF) method and Observed 
Data approach will be used for key secondary endpoints (EASI-75 and IGA), analyzed using 
CMH test. Also, the sensitivity analyses for key secondary endpoints will be conducted on the 
subjects not impacted by the pandemic. 
6.8.2. 
Missing Start and Stop Dates for Prior and Concomitant Medication 
For the purpose of inclusion in prior and/or concomitant medication tables, incomplete 
medication starts and stop dates will be imputed as follows: 
 If year and month are present and day is missing, then set day to first day of month for 
start date and set day to last day of month for end date.  
 If year and day are present and month is missing, then set month to January for start 
date, and set month to December for end date.  
 If year is present and month and day are missing, then set month and day to January 1 
for start date and set month and day to December 31 for end date.  
 Completely missing date will not be imputed. 
The partial dates will be provided as such in the subject data listings (with the imputed dates). 
When imputing a start date, ensure that the new imputed date is sensible i.e. it is before the end 
date of prior and concomitant medications. 
6.8.3. 
Missing Start and Stop Dates for Adverse Events 
Due diligence will be done to obtain accurate AE information.  If all planned methods to obtain 
accurate time AE information have failed, missing and partial AE onset and end dates will be 
imputed. Imputed dates will be flagged in the individual supportive subject listings.  Unless 
otherwise specified, the following conventions will be used: 
Missing and Partial AE onset dates: 
 If onset date is completely missing, then onset date is set to date of first dose. 
 If onset year is present and  
- month and day are missing: 
 If onset year = year of first dose, then set onset date to date of first dose. 
 If onset year < year of first dose, then set onset month and day to December 31st. 
 If onset year > year of first dose, then set onset month and day to January 1st. 
- month is missing: 
 If onset year = year of first dose, then set onset date to date of first dose. 
 If onset year < year of first dose, then set onset month to December. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 46 of 68 
 
 If onset year > year of first dose, then set onset month to January. 
 If onset month and year are present and day is missing: 
- If onset year = year of first dose and 
 onset month = month of first dose then set onset date to date of first dose. 
 onset month < month of first dose then set onset date to last day of month. 
 onset month > month of first dose then set onset date to 1st day of month. 
- If onset year < year of first dose, then set onset date to last day of month. 
- If onset year > year of first dose, then set onset date to 1st day of month. 
 For all other cases, set onset date to date of first dose. 
Missing and Partial AE end dates: 
 If end date is completely missing, end date is not imputed and the AE is flagged as 
“ongoing”. 
 If year is present and  
- month and day are missing: 
 If year = year of last dose, then set end date to the date of last dose. 
 If year < year of last dose, then set end month and day to December 31st. 
 If year > year of last dose, then set end month and day to January 1st. 
- month is missing: 
 If year = year of last dose, then set end date to date of last dose. 
 If year < year of last dose, then set end month to December. 
 If year > year of last dose, then set end month to January. 
 If month and year are present and day is missing: 
- If year = year of last dose and 
 month = month of last dose then set day to day of last dose. 
 month < month of last dose then set day to last day of month. 
 month > month of last dose then set day to 1st day of month. 
- If year < year of last dose, then set end date to last day of the month. 
- If year > year of last dose, then set end date to 1st day of month. 
 For all other cases, set end date to date of last dose. 
 Screen failures is collected in EDC and will be a part of SDTM. Screen failure data is 
not analyzed and will not be included in the ADaM except for demographics (ADSL) 
and inclusion/exclusion criteria (ADIE).  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 47 of 68 
 
7. 
STUDY POPULATION 
7.1. 
Subjects Disposition 
A clear accounting of the disposition of all subjects who enter the study will be provided, from 
screening to end of study participation. Summaries of subject disposition will be presented by 
treatment arm and over-all as follows: 
 Number and percentage of subjects randomized 
 Number and percentage of subjects completed during the blinded treatment phase 
 Number and percentage of subjects completed during open-label phase 
 Number and percentage of subjects discontinued from the study and reasons during the 
blinded treatment phase  
 Number and percentage of subjects discontinued from the study and reasons during 
open-label phase  
 Number and percentage of subjects who withdrew early from the follow-up period of the 
study (including reasons for early withdrawal) 
 By-subject listings of enrollment details (last contact date, reason of screened failure), 
randomization details (randomization number, planned arm, stratification IGA, region), 
visit dates, and withdrawal details (including reason for discontinuation and duration of 
treatment prior to discontinuation) will also be provided.  
7.2. 
Screen Failures 
The number and percentage of subjects who were screened for the study (enrolled subjects, i.e., 
those who signed informed consent) and reasons for screen failure will be summarized.  
7.3. 
Protocol Deviations 
Deviations from the protocol including violations of inclusion/exclusion criteria will be 
assessed as ‘minor’ or ‘major.’  Major protocol deviations are defined as those deviations from 
the protocol that are likely to have an impact on the subject’s right, safety, well-being, and/or 
the validity of the data for analysis. Minor deviations include all deviations from the protocol 
excluding those considered as major. The impact of major protocol deviations on the efficacy 
and/or safety results will be investigated by assessing the robustness of the study results and 
conclusions to the choice of analysis population (see Section 6.5), both including and excluding 
data potentially affected by major protocol deviations. Major protocol deviations that will lead 
to the exclusion of a subject from the PPS will be identified. The final determination of major 
protocol deviations and the exclusion of subjects from each of the analysis populations will be 
made prior to database lock. Latest PD specification will be followed.  
Major protocol deviations may include: 
 Subjects who did not satisfy the inclusion/exclusion criteria that may have a significant 
influence on efficacy. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 48 of 68 
 
 Subjects who did not provide inform consent  
 Subjects who used prohibited medications (prior and/or concomitant) that may have a 
significant influence on efficacy. 
 Subjects who did not comply with IP administration/study treatment including overall 
treatment compliance <80% or >100% 
 Subjects who violated procedure/tests 
 Subjects who missed visit schedule including out of window 
 Subjects who had their blinded randomization code broken. 
 Subjects not treated with the treatment assigned at randomization, but wrongly treated in 
another treatment group. 
The following protocol deviation summaries will be provided: 
 Number and percentage of subjects with a major protocol deviation by type of deviation 
 Number and percentage of subjects with a major protocol deviation resulting in 
exclusion of subjects from the PPS analysis by type of deviation 
A by-subject listing of protocol deviations will be provided along with COVID-19 Impact 
listing (SAP Section 7.8).  
Upon database release, protocol deviation and analysis population outputs will be produced and 
will be reviewed by the Sponsor.  An analysis population classification meeting will be 
arranged to discuss the outputs and to decide which subjects and/or subject data will be 
excluded from certain analyses. Decisions made regarding the exclusion of subjects and/or 
subject data from analyses will be made prior to database lock and unblinding and will be 
documented and approved by the Sponsor. 
7.4. 
Demographic and Other Baseline Characteristics 
The following demographic characteristics will be summarized for subjects in the FAS 
population by treatment arm: 
 Age (years, a continuous variable) at baseline 
 Age categorization ((≥18 - <65, ≥65 years, a categorical variable) at baseline 
 Sex (Male, Female, a categorical variable) 
 Race (White, Black/African American, Asian, American Indian/Alaska Native, 
Hawaiian Native/Other Pacific Islander, Mixed, Other, a categorical variable) 
 Ethnicity (Hispanic or Latino, Not Hispanic or Latino, a categorical variable) 
 Region (NAm or EU, a categorical variable)  
 Weight at screening (in kilograms, a continuous variable)  
 Height at screening (in centimeters, a continuous variable) 
 BMI at screening (in kg/m2,  a continuous variable) 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 49 of 68 
 
 Baseline EASI (a continuous variable)  
 Baseline IGA (a categorical variable) 
 Baseline BSA (a continuous variable) 
 Baseline average and peak pruritus NRS (weekly average during the 7 days prior to Day 
1, a continuous variable) 
 Number of days with severe pruritus in the past 7 days (Severe Pruritus is ≥ 7 on 
Pruritus Numerical Rating Scale) 
 Total SCORAD (a continuous variable)  
 Childbearing potential (female only, childbearing potential or surgically sterilized or 
postmenopausal, a categorical variable) 
 Urine pregnancy test at baseline (Positive or Negative, a categorical variable) 
 Smoking status (a categorical variable) 
 Time since AD diagnosis (year, a continuous variable) 
 Time since AD diagnosis category (<2 years, 2-5 years, or ≥5 years, a categorical 
variable) 
 Skin biopsy results (eosinophilic, non-eosinophilic or other, a categorical variable) 
Age will be calculated by IVRS as the number of complete years between a subject’s birth date 
and the date of informed consent.     
A summary table for the stratification factor IGA (3 or 4) will be provided.  
By-subject listings of demographic data and other baseline characteristics (as summarized 
above) will be provided. 
7.5. 
Listing of Subject Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria 
Subjects who failed any of the inclusion and exclusion criteria will be listed along with the 
reason. Any subject withdrawal during the study, along with the reason for withdrawal, will be 
documented in listings.   
Failed inclusion/exclusion criteria and withdrawal data will be listed by subject.  
7.6. 
Medical History and Medical Conditions Present at Entry 
Recent medical and surgical history (any illness occurring within past 4 weeks), previous 
medical history, and smoking, alcohol and intakes of drugs of abuse, and history of allergy 
(Dermatophagoides farina (house dust mite), birch oak, cockroach, cat dander, dog dander, and 
Bermuda grass) will be recorded at the Screening visit.  
Medical history will be coded by system organ class (SOC) and preferred term (PT) using the 
most recent version of Medical Dictionary for Regulatory Activities (MedDRA™) available in 
EDC at the time of analysis.  
The following body systems will be considered: 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 50 of 68 
 
 Heads, eyes, ears, nose and throat (HEENT) 
 Cardiovascular System 
 Respiratory System 
 Musculoskeletal System 
 Dermatological System 
 Skin and its appendages 
 Lymphatic System 
 Gastrointestinal System 
 Genitourinary System 
 Nervous System 
 Endocrine System 
 Immunological System 
 Allergic Conditions 
 Other 
A subject listing of all medical /surgical history data will be provided including body system, 
PT, start and end dates and ongoing status.  
7.7. 
Prior and Concomitant and Rescue Medication  
The medications and therapies listed in Table 5 in the protocol are excluded for the designated 
length of time prior to Baseline (Day 1) and prior to Week 16 (Day 113) for those subjects who 
completed the study and re-enter only the open-label treatment phase of the study.  All 
restrictions on the medications listed in Table 5 in the protocol are applicable for the entire 
duration of the study.  Other concomitant medication that the subject receives on a regular basis 
may continue, if in the opinion of the Investigator, it does not put the subject at undue risk or 
does not interfere with the study medications.  Rescue treatment may be given for AD (drug or 
phototherapy or both) based on the opinion of the Investigator, subjects who receive topical 
rescue treatment (such as topical corticosteroid (TCS), topical calcineurin inhibitor (TCI), 
crisaborole, or phototherapy) may continue study treatment after appropriate washout. 
The following information must be recorded in the EDC system for each concomitant 
medication: preferred name or trade name, route of administration, start date, stop date, dose 
level, total daily dose, and indication. Any changes in the dosage or regimen of a concomitant 
medication must be recorded in the EDC system. 
Medications will be assigned to a time period (prior and/or concomitant) as follows: 
 If both the start and stop date exist and are before the first dose date of study drug, the 
medication will be counted as prior. 
 If the start date is on or after the first dose date of study drug, the medication will be 
counted as concomitant. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 51 of 68 
 
 If the start date and stop date is on the first dose date of study drug, the medication will 
be counted as prior.  
 If the start date is before the first dose date of study drug and the stop date is after the 
first dose date of study drug or the medication is continuing, the medication will be 
counted as concomitant.  
 If the start date is missing and the stop date is before the first dose of study drug, the 
medication will be counted as prior. 
 If the start date is missing and the stop date is after the first dose of study drug or the 
medication is continuing, the medication will be counted as concomitant. 
 If the start and stop dates are missing, the medication will be counted as concomitant. 
Previous and concomitant medications will be coded using the most recent version of World 
Health Organization Drug Dictionary (WHODD) available in EDC at the time of analysis. 
Summaries showing number of subjects and percentage taking each medication will be provided 
for each Anatomical Therapeutic Chemical (ATC) level 2, level 3 and preferred name by 
treatment arm. Subjects with more than one procedure in a given ATC will be counted only 
once in that category. A by-subject listing of all prior and concomitant medication data will also 
be provided. 
7.8. 
Impact of COVID-19  
Pandemic related Impact of COVID-19 will be presented in listing, detailing the category of 
impact (example: Missed Visit, Missed Assessment, Early termination, Screen Failure, Adverse 
Event, Withdrawal of consent, Death, Replacement subject).  
8. 
EFFICACY ANALYSES 
The primary and secondary efficacy analyses will be conducted for all subjects in the FAS using 
the treatment arm as assigned. For the primary and key secondary endpoints, the efficacy 
analysis will be also be performed using the PPS. Line Plots / bar charts will be presented for 
IGA, EASI and SCORAD. 
Part 1 and Part 2 are two independent parts of the study protocol and will therefore be analyzed 
separately. That is, upon completion of the double-blind period of Part 1, the database will be 
partially locked. The data will be analyzed and the TLR will be determined. Similar activities 
will take place upon the completion of the double-blind period of Part 2.  
8.1. 
General Considerations 
Data collected in the blinded treatment phase will be used for all efficacy analyses. 
 All tests will be 2-sided and at the 5% level of significance unless otherwise stated. 
 All endpoints will be summarized over time, by treatment, as appropriate. 
 All endpoints will also be listed by treatment and subject.  
 The primary and secondary efficacy analyses will be based on FAS.    

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 52 of 68 
 
 The PPS will be used to assess the robustness of the results from the primary and key 
secondary endpoint.  
 Any subject who received a rescue medication for AD (in blinded or open-label phase) 
will be considered a treatment failure for the purpose of efficacy evaluation. 
 Sensitivity analysis (where applicable) will be carried out for Week 16 only and will be 
based on FAS. 
 Unless otherwise stated, ‘treatment’ refers to treatment dosing regimen group as 
randomized, rather than based on the actual treatment received.  
8.2. 
Testing Statistical Assumptions Including Comparability at Baseline 
All baseline data will be summarized by treatment group using descriptive statistics. No formal 
hypothesis testing will be conducted. Differences may occur by chance. If there are any 
clinically meaningful differences identified, analyses may be adjusted to account for these 
imbalances through inclusion of additional covariates in the statistical models. 
8.3. 
Statement of the Null and Alternate Hypotheses 
The following null hypothesis and alternative will be tested for each ISB 830 group and the 
placebo group.  
H0: There is no treatment difference between ISB 830 and placebo 
Ha: There is a treatment difference between ISB 830 and placebo. 
Disease severity and region will be the 2 prognostic stratification factors for patient 
randomization and will be accounted for in the statistical modelling for efficacy. 
8.4. 
Analyses on Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic 
These analyses are on the subset of subjects not impacted by the pandemic. This subset excludes 
subjects who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or 
miss any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. This subset 
will be analyzed for Part 2 of the study.  
The primary (percentage change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16) and key secondary 
efficacy (EASI-75 and IGA) endpoint analyses performed on FAS and PPS will also be 
performed on this subset. To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the 
primary endpoint using sensitivity analyses tipping point and complete dataset will also be 
conducted on this subset. 
8.5. 
Multiple Comparisons and Multiplicity 
Not applicable.  
8.6. 
Analysis of the Primary Efficacy Endpoint 
For both Part 1 and Part 2 of the study, the primary endpoint (percentage change from baseline 
in EASI score at Week 16) will be analyzed using MMRM.  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 53 of 68 
 
For continuous primary endpoint (percent change from baseline in EASI score at Week 16), a 
MMRM will be used, which will account for the variance-covariance structure between visits 
and missing data. This model includes all schedule visits for the response variable. Early 
discontinuation visit will be mapped to the nearest scheduled visit of the response variable. The 
fixed effect factors for treatment, randomization strata (region, disease severity), visit as a 
categorical variable, treatment-by-visit interaction, relevant baseline value and the baseline-by-
visit interaction. An unstructured (UN) covariance matrix for repeated measures within a subject 
will be used to model the within-subject errors in the analysis, unless there are issues related to 
convergence. If the UN covariance matrix leads to non-convergence, then Akaike’s information 
criterion (AIC) will be used to select the best covariance matrix among autoregressive, 
compound symmetric, and Toeplitz. The adjusted means for each treatment and the estimated 
treatment differences for the treatment comparisons will be presented together with 95% 
confidence intervals (CIs), along with P-values for the treatment comparisons. The adjusted 
means and estimated treatment differences for the treatment comparisons (each ISB 830 group 
vs placebo group) will also be plotted, with corresponding 95% CIs. 
8.6.1. 
Sensitivity Analyses of the Primary Efficacy Endpoint 
The primary endpoint of percent change from baseline in EASI at Week 16 will be analyzed by 
sensitivity analyses using tipping point approach. It will be analyzed using the complete dataset 
(patients who complete the Week 16 and had EASI measurement). It will also be conducted 
excluding subjects who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to 
Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. 
8.6.1.1. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Tipping Point Approach    
The primary endpoint of percent change from baseline in EASI at Week 16 will also be 
analyzed using a special application of multiple imputation (MI) of missing values known as the 
tipping point method. The tipping point method assesses the possibility that subjects on active 
drug with missing values have worse outcomes than subjects on placebo. This sensitivity 
analysis involves MIs and is also under the missing not at random (MNAR) assumption in 
which one searches for a tipping point (region) that reverses the study conclusion. This 
approach is iterative in nature which tests how severe departures from missing at random 
(MAR) must be in order to overturn conclusions from the primary analysis. If these departures 
from MAR in order to change the results from statistically significance (P≤0.05) to statistically 
insignificance (P>0.05) are deemed to be implausible, the results will be said to be robust to the 
departure from MAR assumption (Roderick J et al, 2019).    
The tipping point approach will be applied to the analysis of the endpoints using the MMRM.  
In the MMRM, the dependent variable is change from baseline while the covariates are 
treatment, randomization strata, visit (categorical variable), treatment-by-visit interaction, 
relevant baseline value and the baseline-by-visit interaction. 
The imputation will be done on the missing cases of change from baseline values for ISB830 
group. Under the MNAR assumption, the imputed values for observations in ISB830 group will 
be adjusted directly using a shift parameter. Missing values are imputed under the assumption 
that the distribution of the missing observations has a lower expected value than that of the 
observed only by a shift parameter value. The shift parameter represents the delta which is an 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 54 of 68 
 
incremental adjustment applied to the imputed value of the percent change. If the tipping point 
is found to be between two increments on the given interval, a subsequent tipping point 
procedure will be performed using an interval on the neighborhood of the perceived tipping 
point finer increments for the shift parameter. We start with the delta=0 and increase the delta in 
increments e.g. if 0.1 is the increment then delta will be 0, 0.1, 0.2 and so on. We will stop at a 
delta where non-significant p value is achieved. The tipping point report (table) for each 
pairwise comparison will include values for the LSmeans, the 95% CI, and the p-value for each 
of the delta value (including 0, until p-values are no longer statistically significant. Depending 
on applicable increment, display around 5-10 delta values in the table including δ=0 until 
δ=x.x.). If no tipping point is found, the shift parameter will be made more stringent and the 
process repeated.  
Implementing the tipping point approach includes the following steps with the first 3 steps 
being the standard MI steps using SAS® 9.4:  
a. Generate multiple imputed data sets with a specified shift parameter that adjusts the 
imputed values for observations in the active treatment groups. 
b. The imputed data sets are analyzed using PROC MIXED.  
c. The results are then combined for the inference using PROC MIANALYZE.    
d. Repeat the step (a)-(c) to obtain the p-value until the significance changes.  
e. If needed, repeat the steps (a)-(d) with more stringent shift parameter applied until 
the direction of the significance changes. 
The iteration for each value of the shift parameter will be summarized in a table where the 
estimated treatment differences for the treatment comparisons will be presented together with 
95% CIs for the differences and P-values for the treatment comparisons. 
8.6.1.2. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Complete Data Approach   
The primary endpoint of percent change from baseline in EASI at Week 16 will be analyzed 
with complete dataset (with no missing data) using MMRM similar to Section 8.6. The patients 
who complete the Week 16 and have an EASI measurement at baseline and Week 16 will be 
only analyzed. If a subject withdraws from the study before Week 16 or does not have EASI 
record at baseline or Week 16 then he will not be considered in the analyses.  
8.6.1.3. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic   
To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the analyses on primary 
endpoint using MMRM will also be conducted excluding subjects who withdraw from the study 
or miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint 
assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. Additionally, Tipping point and Complete Data 
approach will be also analyzed on the subjects not impacted by the pandemic. 
8.7. 
Analyses of the Secondary Efficacy Endpoints 
The secondary efficacy endpoints are: 
 
 Proportion of subjects with EASI-75 (75% improvement from baseline) at Week 16 (key 
secondary endpoint) – Binary variable  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 55 of 68 
 
 Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction 
from baseline of ≥2 points at Week 16 (key secondary endpoint) – Binary variable 
 Proportion of subjects with improvement (reduction) of Pruritus NRS ≥4 from baseline 
to Week 16 – Binary variable  
 Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (50% improvement from baseline) 
response from baseline through Week 16 – Binary variable 
 Change in SCORAD from baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 Change in the DLQI from baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable  
 Change in GISS (erythema, infiltration/population, excoriations, lichenification) from 
baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 Change in HADS from baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable  
 Change in POEM from baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 Absolute and percent change in PGA of Disease from baseline through Week 16 – 
Continuous variable  
 Absolute and percent change in PGA of Treatment from baseline through Week 16 – 
Continuous variable 
 Assessment of sick leave and/or missed school days through Week 16 - Continuous 
variable 
The key secondary endpoints are the proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point 
scale) and IGA reduction from baseline of ≥2 points at Week 16 and the proportion of subjects 
achieving EASI-75 at Week 16. The analyses will be based on the stratified Cochran-Mantel-
Haenszel (CMH) test where randomization strata (region, disease severity) will be used as 
stratification variables. Pairwise treatment comparisons will be made based on the CMH test 
using the P-value for the general association. The odd ratio and associated confidence interval 
based on Wald test will be provided. The subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and 
IGA reduction from baseline of ≥2 points at Week 16 will be considered as Responders. Any 
subject who receives protocol-specified rescue medication during the blinded treatment period 
or withdraws from the study before Week 16, will be considered a Non-Responder. Also, any 
subject who is missing a Week 16 efficacy assessment will be considered a Non-Responder. 
The key secondary endpoint EASI-75 will be analyzed similarly.  
For all other binary endpoints  Pruritus NRS and EASI-50, the efficacy analysis will also use 
the Cochran-Mantel-Haenszel test adjusted by randomization strata (region, disease severity) to 
analyze the categorical secondary endpoints. The FAS will be used for these analyses. The PPS 
will be used to assess the robustness of the results from the key secondary endpoint (EASI-75 
and IGA, respectively). The continuous secondary endpoints will be analyzed using the MMRM 
model similar to primary endpoint. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 56 of 68 
 
8.7.1. 
Sensitivity Analyses of the Secondary Efficacy Endpoints 
Sensitivity analyses using Last Observation Carried Forward (LOCF) method and Observed 
Data approach will be performed to analyze the key secondary endpoints of IGA and EASI-75. 
It will also be conducted excluding subjects who withdraw from the study or miss 2 or more 
consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part of the primary endpoint assessments at 
Week 16 due to the pandemic. 
8.7.1.1. 
Sensitivity Analysis – LOCF Approach 
For the binary secondary endpoints, the efficacy data will be set to missing after rescue 
medication is used or subject withdrawal before Week 16. The Last Observation Carried 
Forward (LOCF) method will be used as a sensitivity analysis to determine the status of 
subjects at Week 16 after censoring for the use of rescue medication or for study withdrawal. 
This analysis will be conducted to assess the robustness of the secondary endpoints’ analyses 
for IGA and EASI-75 regarding handling of missing data.  
For subjects who received a rescue medication for atopic dermatitis (AD) during the blinded 
treatment period, any assessments present after rescue medication are set to missing, and their 
last available assessment on or before the rescue medication will be used for imputation. For 
subjects who did not receive a rescue medication for atopic dermatitis (AD) during the blinded 
treatment period, and who had missing Week 16 assessment or withdrew before Week 16, their 
last available assessment before Week 16 will be used for imputation. 
8.7.1.2. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Observed Data Approach   
The key secondary endpoints of EASI-75 and IGA will be analyzed using the Observed Data 
approach by CMH test. All observed data, regardless if rescue medication for atopic dermatitis 
(AD) during the blinded treatment period was received will be included. Any subject who had 
missing Week 16 assessment or who withdrew before Week 16 will be considered as Non-
Responder. 
8.7.1.3. 
Sensitivity Analysis – Subjects Not Impacted by the Pandemic   
To assess the robustness of the results in the Part 2 of the study, the analyses on secondary 
endpoints (IGA, EASI-75) using CMH test will also be conducted excluding subjects who 
withdraw from the study or miss 2 or more consecutive doses prior to Week 16 or miss any part 
of the primary endpoint assessments at Week 16 due to the pandemic. 
8.8. 
Impact-benefit of treatment at follow-up  
Impact-benefit of treatment at follow-up will be evaluated for primary and key secondary 
efficacy assessments at EOS. Descriptive statistics will be presented for the percentage change 
from baseline in EASI score, EASI-75 and IGA for completers and non-completers/early 
discontinued subjects. If rescue medication is taken before week 54 then data after the rescue 
medication should not be used for descriptive tables of week 54.   
8.9. 
Exploratory Efficacy Endpoints  
The exploratory efficacy endpoints are: 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 57 of 68 
 
 Proportion of subjects with both IGA 0 or 1 (on a 5-point scale) and an IGA reduction 
from baseline of ≥2 points through Week 54 – Binary variable 
 Proportion of subjects with EASI-75(≥75% improvement from baseline) through Week 
54 – Binary variable 
 Proportion of subjects who achieve an EASI-50 (≥50% improvement from baseline) 
through Week 54 – Binary variable 
 Change in the EQ-5D through Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 Change in Juniper ACQ-5 from baseline through Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 Change in the SNOT-22 from baseline to Week 16 – Continuous variable 
 To assess qualitative changes in photographs of skin lesions taken at time points 
specified in the Schedule of Assessment. 
The analysis for the exploratory efficacy endpoint will be descriptive in nature and based on 
availability of the data as necessary. 
8.10. 
Summary of Reasons for Efficacy Non-Evaluability / Exclusion from 
Efficacy Analyses 
The reasons for excluding subjects from the FAS and PPS populations will be listed by 
treatment and subject.  
9. 
 PHARMACOKINETIC ANALYSES 
PK analyses will be conducted based on PKAS for the blinded treatment phase.  
An overview of blood sampling time points for the rich PK group and the sparse PK group is 
provided in Tables 2 in the protocol. Serum concentrations of ISB830 will be quantified using a 
validated ELISA method. The PK parameters derived using non-compartmental techniques will 
be regarded as primary endpoints for the PK analyses. Primary inference for all the PK 
parameters will be based on the PKAS population.  
9.1. 
Presentation of PK Data, Descriptive Statistics and PK Assessment    
PK serum concentration data will be listed by group (rich vs. sparse), treatment, subject, day 
and actual elapsed time point relative to first dosing and immediate dosing event for serum data.  
Serum concentrations will be summarized by treatment, day and nominal time point. The 
following descriptive statistics will be presented for serum concentrations obtained at each 
nominal time point: n, arithmetic mean, SD, coefficient of variation (%CV), geometric mean, 
median, minimum and maximum values, where %CV = 100 × SD mean
⁄
. 
Combined individual subject serum concentrations versus actual elapsed time points will be 
plotted by treatment and day, and also for the entire duration (spaghetti plots).  Individual plots 
for each subject serum concentration vs actual elapsed time point for the entire duration will 
also be provided. Arithmetic and geometric mean plasma concentrations vs nominal times will 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 58 of 68 
 
be presented in linear plots. All treatments will be overlaid on the same plot. Median trough ISB 
830 concentrations vs nominal times will also be presented in linear plots.  
The following rules will be followed with regards to the number of decimal places and 
presentation of data in the tables and listings of concentration data: 
 The individual concentrations will be reported to the same precision as the source data 
(for example, if the source data is presented to five significant digits, the individual 
values will be presented to 5 significant digits); 
 The mean, SD, geometric mean and median will be tabulated to one more significant 
digit compared to the source data, but with a maximum of 4 significant digits;  
 Minimum and maximum values will be tabulated to the same precision as the source 
data, but with a maximum of 4 significant digits; 
 Coefficient of variation (%CV) and geometric coefficient of variation will be presented 
to 1 decimal place. 
The following rules will be followed with regards to the number of decimal places and 
presentation of data in the tables and listings of PK parameters: 
 Individual PK parameters will be presented to 4 significant digits, with the exception of 
tmax, which will be presented to 2 decimal places. In addition, parameters directly 
derived from source data (eg Cmax,) shall be reported with the same precision as the 
source data (if this is not 4 significant digits); 
 The mean, geometric mean, median and SD values will be reported to 4 significant 
digits, all other descriptive statistics will be reported to 3 significant digits except for 
%CV and the geometric %CV, which will be presented to 1 decimal place. For tmax the 
minimum and maximum will be presented to 2 decimals places and the rest of the 
descriptive statistics to 3 decimal places; 
 Estimates and CIs in the form of percentages will be presented to 2 decimal places.  
Source data shall be used in all derived PK parameter calculations without prior rounding. 
9.2. 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters    
Derivation of PK parameters will be the responsibility of Early Phase, Quantitative Clinical 
Development (QCD), Parexel International and will be conducted either with Phoenix 
WinNonlin® Professional v.6.3 (or higher) or SAS® v.9.3 (or higher). The PK parameters for 
individual subject in Table 4: Pharmacokinetic Parameters 
 will be determined after dose administration.    
Table 4: 
Pharmacokinetic Parameters 
Parameter 
Definition 
After the First Dose for Group 1, 2, 3 and 5 
AUC0-t   
Area under the curve, from time ‘0’ to time of last measurable concentration, using 
rich PK data set 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 59 of 68 
 
AUC0-tau   
Area under the curve over the dosing interval, using rich PK data set 
Cmax   
Maximum observed plasma concentrations during the dosing interval, using rich 
PK data set 
tmax   
Time at which Cmax is observed, using rich PK data set 
After the Dose on Week 12 for Group 1, 2, 3 and 5 
AUC0-tauSS 
Area under the curve over the dosing interval at steady state 
AUC0-tauSS/Dose 
Dose-normalized area under the curve over the dosing interval at steady state 
CavSS 
Average concentration during a dosing interval at steady state 
CmaxSS  
Maximum observed concentrations during the dosing interval at steady state 
CmaxSS/Dose 
Dose-normalized maximum observed concentration during the dosing interval at 
steady state 
CminSS   
Minimum observed trough concentrations during the dosing interval at steady state 
tmax,ss   
Time at which Cmax is observed at steady state 
Rac 
Accumulation ratio for Cmax and AUC 0-tau 
PTF 
Peak trough fluctuation 
Ctrough 
Serum concentrations at end of dosing interval, using both rich PK and sparse PK 
data sets.  In addition to after doses on Week 12 (Group 1, 2, 3 and 5) and  Week 
14 (Group 1 and 5 only), Ctrough will be provided after Weeks 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12 
dosing for Group 1 and Group 5, and after Weeks 4 and 8 dosing for Group 2 and 
Group 3, using both rich PK and sparse PK data sets 
PK parameters will be calculated by non-compartmental analysis methods from the 
concentration-time data following these guidelines: 
 Actual sampling times relative to immediate dosing rather than nominal times will be 
used in the calculation of all derived PK parameters; 
 There will be no imputation of missing data;  
 Any subjects with missing concentration data will be included in the PK analysis set. A 
decision will be taken on a case by case basis by the PK Scientist after consultation with 
the sponsor; 
 Cmax and Ctrough will be obtained directly from the concentration-time data; 
 tmax is the time at which Cmax is observed; 
 λZ will be estimated at terminal phase by linear regression after log-transformation of the 
concentrations: 
- 
Only those data points that are judged to describe the terminal log-linear decline 
will be used in the regression  
- 
A minimum number of three data points in the terminal phase will be used in 
calculation λz with the line of regression starting at any post -Cmax data point (Cmax 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 60 of 68 
 
should not be part of the regression slope). The adjusted correlation coefficient (R2 
adjusted) in general should be equal to or greater than 0.80.  
- 
The interval used to determine λz should be equal or greater than 1.5-fold the 
estimated half-life or otherwise flagged and used at the PK scientist’s best 
knowledge and judgment. The corresponding estimated t1/2 will need to be flagged 
or excluded from statistical analysis accordingly. The interval used to determine λz 
would be evaluated visually to confirm the appropriateness of the duration and will 
be selected manually if needed to. 
 t1/2 will be calculated as ln2/λZ 
 AUC is calculated as follows: 
- 
The linear trapezoidal method will be employed for all incremental trapezoids 
arising from increasing concentrations and the logarithmic trapezoidal method will 
be used for those arising from decreasing concentrations. 
- 
AUC0-t=
 t
0
dt
t
C
)
(
. 
- 
AUC0-tau will be calculated using from time beginning to end of dosing interval 
using the linear up/log down method;  
 Cmax,ss at steady state will be obtained directly from the concentration-time data. 
 Cmin,ss at steady state will be obtained directly from the concentration-time data. 
 tmax,ss time at which Cmax,ss occurs at steady state. 
 AUC0-tau,ss : Area under the concentration-time curve over the dosing interval will be 
calculated using linear trapezoidal method; all incremental trapezoids arising from 
increasing concentrations and the logarithmic trapezoidal method will be used for those 
arising from decreasing concentrations. 
 Cav,ss: Average steady-state concentration calculated as AUC(0 τ),ss/τ. 
The following PK parameters will also be derived. 
 PTF: Peak trough fluctuation calculated as (Cmax,ss - Cmin,ss)/ Cav,ss.  
 Rac : Accumulation ratio calculated as: 
- 
Cmax (last dose interval)/ Cmax (first dose interval) 
- 
AUC(0-τ),ss (last dose interval)/ AUC(0-τ),ss (first dose interval) 
 AUC0-tauSS/Dose  
 CmaxSS/Dose 
Serum PK parameters will be listed by group (rich vs sparse), treatment, subject and day, and 
summarized by treatment and day. Descriptive statistics for calculated PK parameters will 
include n, arithmetic mean, SD, %CV, geometric mean, geometric CV% (calculated as: 
geometric CV% =SQRT(es²-1)*100; where s is the standard deviation of the log-transformed 
values), median, minimum and maximum values. For tmax only median, minimum and 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 61 of 68 
 
maximum values will be presented. No descriptive statistics will be determined when fewer 
than 3 individual PK parameters are available. 
The following rules will be followed with regards to the number of decimal places and 
presentation of data in the tables and listings of PK parameters: 
 Individual PK parameters will be presented to 4 significant digits, with the exception of 
tmax, which will be presented to 2 decimal places. In addition, parameters directly 
derived from source data (eg, Cmax,) shall be reported with the same precision as the 
source data (if this is not 4 significant digits); 
 The mean, geometric mean, median and SD values will be reported to 4 significant 
digits, all other descriptive statistics will be reported to 3 significant digits except for 
%CV and the geometric %CV, which will be presented to 1 decimal place. For tmax the 
minimum and maximum will be presented to 2 decimals places and the rest of the 
descriptive statistics to 3 decimal places; 
 Estimates and CIs in the form of percentages will be presented to 2 decimal places.  
Source data shall be used in all derived PK parameter calculations without prior rounding. 
9.3. 
Handling of Values Below the Limit of Quantification 
All serum concentrations below the lower limit of quantification (LLOQ) or missing data will 
be labeled as below the limit of quantification (BLQ) or missing, respectively, in the 
concentration data listings. 
BLQ values for the generation of serum PK parameters and for plotting of individual serum PK 
concentration data will be imputed in the PK concentration dataset used for the derivation of PK 
parameters. The following rules will be applied: 
 BLQs at the beginning of a subject profile (i.e., before the first incidence of a 
measurable concentration on the first day of dosing) will be assigned to zero; 
 BLQs at the end of a subject profile (i.e., after the last incidence of a measurable 
concentration on last day of dosing) will be set to missing; 
 Single or consecutive BLQs which fall between measurable concentrations will be set to 
missing. 
 Quantifiable concentrations falling between 2 BLQ values might be set to missing if 
considered anomalous by the pharmacokineticist after consultation with the Sponsor.  
For linear plots, zero concentration value(s) will be included in the plot while missing values 
will be ignored. For log-linear plots, zero concentration value(s) will be assigned a ½ LLOQ 
value with the exception of the predose sample collected on Day 1 while missing concentrations 
at the end of the profile will be ignored.   
BLQ values for summarizing serum PK concentration data will be imputed for mean 
concentration-time plots and tabular summaries according to the following rules: 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 62 of 68 
 
 All BLQ values will be set to zero, except when an individual BLQ falls between two 
measurable values or 1 or more BLQs fall at the end of a subject profile, in which case  
they will be set to missing; 
 Mean values will be reported only if calculated on a minimum of 3 quantifiable 
concentrations. The number of subjects contributing to the calculation of the mean will 
be specified in a footnote to the mean plots (both in linear and semi-log scales) if lower 
than the total amount of samples available per time point; 
A high proportion of BLQ values may affect derivation of SD; if more than 30% of values at a 
time-point are imputed, then SD will not be displayed. 
Tabular summaries for concentration-time data will report N (number of subjects who received 
treatment), n (number of subjects with non-missing values) and, if applicable, number imputed 
(number of subjects with imputed values (i.e., BLQ assigned zero concentration). 
10. 
SAFETY AND TOLERABILITY 
10.1. 
Overall Summary of Tolerability 
The safety analyses will be based on the SAS.  Safety will be assessed by evaluating AEs, 
SAEs, treatment related AEs and SAEs, anaphylactic events, injection site reactions, vital signs, 
physical examinations, ECG values, and laboratory test results.  
10.1.1. 
Pandemic Related Safety Assessments 
To ensure the ongoing safety of subjects during the pandemic, study subjects who miss or are 
unable to attend scheduled clinic visits will be contacted by the site via a safety phone call that 
includes the collection of AEs/SAEs and concomitant medications. This phone call is to be 
performed for every missed visit that occurs during the pandemic.  If the subject meets other 
criteria, eg, for withdrawal/discontinuation of the study drug, the site is to follow the protocol in 
regard to those criteria. Subject withdrawal/discontinuation criteria are outlined in protocol 
Section 8.3. 
10.2. 
Adverse Event Preferred Term and Body/Organ System Summary 
Tables 
10.2.1. 
Summaries of Adverse Event for All Subjects 
 For each AE, the following information is to be recorded; the start date, the stop date (or 
whether the AE is ongoing at study completion/discontinuation), the severity and the 
investigational relationship of the AE to study drug, the therapy for the AE, the action 
taken with study drug, and whether or not the AE is considered serious.  
 Adverse events will be coded by SOC and PT using the most recent version of MedDRA 
available in EDC at the time of analysis.  
 TEAEs are defined as AEs (identified by PT) that begin or that worsen in severity after 
at least 1 dose of study treatment has been administered.   

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 63 of 68 
 
 The number and percentage of subjects reporting at least 1 occurrence of an AE and an 
AE leading to permanent discontinuation of study drug will be tabulated for each unique 
SOC and PT by severity, and by the relationship to study drug.   
 For multiple occurrences of the same TEAE with the different severities, the TEAE with 
the highest severity will be tabulated.  For multiple occurrences of the same TEAE with 
different relationships to study drug (related and not related), the TEAE will be tabulated 
as related.   
 All TEAEs leading to permanent discontinuation of study drug will also be tabulated.  
 All AEs for all subjects will be presented in a data listing.  
 Physical examination baseline conditions that worsened post-baseline will be recorded 
on the AE form.  
 All SAEs that occur after administration of the first dose of study drug will be listed by 
SOC, PT, and relationship to study drug.  
 In addition to AE subtotals for each of the treatment groups, a total will be presented for 
all ISB 830 groups in the AE/SAE-related summary tables.  
 The severity of AEs is classified (Table 5) according to the CTCAE v4.03 that was 
published 14-Jun-2010 by the US Department of Health and Human Services (National 
Institutes of Health [NIH] and National Cancer Institute [NCI]). 
Table 5: 
Classification of Severity of Adverse Events (CTCAE v4.03) 
Grade 1 
Mild 
asymptomatic or mild symptoms; clinical or diagnostic 
observations only; intervention not indicated. 
Grade 2 
Moderate 
minimal, local or noninvasive intervention indicated; limiting 
age-appropriate instrumental activities of daily living1 (ADL). 
Grade 3 
Severe 
severe or medically significant but not immediately life-
threatening; hospitalization or prolongation of hospitalization 
indicated; disabling; limiting self-care ADL2. 
Grade 4 
Life-threatening 
urgent intervention indicated. 
Grade 5 
Death 
death related to AE. 
ADL = activities of daily living; AE = adverse event; CTCAE = Common Terminology Criteria for Adverse 
Events.  
1Error! Reference source not found. Instrumental ADL refers to preparing meals, shopping for groceries or clothes, using 
the telephone, managing money, etc. 
2  Self-care ADL refers to bathing, dressing and undressing, feeding self, using the toilet, taking medications, and 
not bedridden. 
Source: CTCAE v4.03, 2010  
The relationship of AEs to study drug is classified as follows: 
 Not Related: A causal relationship between the study treatment and the AE is not a 
reasonable possibility  

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 64 of 68 
 
 Related: A causal relationship between the study treatment and the AE is a reasonable 
possibility  
10.2.2. 
Missing and Partial Adverse Event Onset Dates 
Refer to Section 6.8.3.  
10.2.3. 
Summaries of Serious Adverse Events, Adverse Event Dropouts and Death 
For SAEs that are considered to be related to study drug, the number and percentage of subjects 
reporting at least 1 occurrence of an SAE for each unique SOC and PT will be tabulated. Any 
deaths will also be tabulated.  
All AEs and SAEs will be presented for individual subjects in data listings, as well as premature 
discontinuations due to all causality. Deaths of all causes, study-drug related or not, will be 
presented in a separate listing. Pandemic related Impact of COVID-19 will be presented in 
listing (SAP Section 7.8). 
10.2.4. 
Immunogenicity Analyses  
The immunogenicity (IM) analyses will be based on the FAS, unless otherwise specified.  
Blood sample (5 mL each) will be collected at appropriate time points defined in Tables 2 and 
Table 3 in the protocol, to detect the presence of ADA to ISB830.  Antibodies generated against 
ISB830 will be detected and confirmed using a validated Electrochemiluminescence 
immunoassay (ECLIA) method.   
The objectives include the following: 
 To evaluate sample IM status [confirmed positive/negative or unevaluable and, when 
applicable, titer of ADA] during treatment or placebo in all evaluable subjects 
 To evaluate confirmed positive ADA subjects for neutralizing antibody status  
 To evaluate potential relationships of IM with key efficacy, safety, and pharmacokinetic 
measures 
 Definitions for subject IM results below are provided as a reference:  
1. Positive ADA response: Total of Treatment-Emergent and Treatment-boosted 
ADA in a cohort  
2. Positive Nab response: At least one post baseline measurement classified as 
neutralizing positive 
3. Treatment-Emergent ADA: Treatment-Emergent ADA incidence refers to 
percentage of the total number of evaluable subjects that were ADA-negative at 
baseline but developed antibodies following biologic drug administration. 
4. Treatment boosted ADA: Percentage of the total number of evaluable subjects 
that were ADA positive at baseline with at least fourfold increase in ADA titer 
after biologic drug administration are considered for computing treatment 
boosted ADA incidence. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 65 of 68 
 
5. Persistent ADA: Treatment-Emergent positive ADA detected at 2 or more 
consecutive sampling time points during the treatment or follow up period, 
where the first and last ADA positive samples are separated by a period of at 
least 16 weeks. Also, ADA detected only in the last sampling time point of the 
study. 
6. Transient ADA: Any positive ADA response not considered persistent. 
Treatment-induced ADA detected at two or more sampling time points during 
the treatment (including follow-up period if any), where the first and last ADA-
positive samples (irrespective of any negative samples in between) are separated 
by a period less than 16 weeks, and the subject’s last sampling time point is 
ADA-negative. 
7. ADA-positive subject: A subject with at least one treatment-induced or 
treatment-boosted ADA-positive sample at any time during the treatment or 
follow-up observation period.  
8. ADA-negative subject: A subject without a treatment induced or treatment-
boosted ADA-positive sample during the treatment or follow-up observation 
period. A subject who tested ADA positive result in only the predose sample 
with ADA negative result in the time points following drug administration.  
9. ADA-inconclusive subject: A subject who cannot clearly be classified as ADA-
negative. A subject tested ADA negative at all-time points post drug 
administration with circulating drug concentration greater than the drug tolerance 
of the immunogenicity assay will be flagged and will not be considered for 
computation of overall ADA.   
10. Evaluable subject: A subject with at least 1 sample taken after drug 
administration during the treatment or follow-up observation period that is 
appropriate for ADA testing (with reportable result). Only evaluable subjects are 
considered for computing treatment-induced ADA incidence. 
11. Non-evaluable subject: A subject without a single sample taken (or without a 
reportable result) after drug administration during the treatment or follow-up 
observation period. However, whereas such a subject is excluded from treatment-
emergent immunogenicity analyses, this subject ought to be included in the 
reporting of pre-existing ADA if the baseline sample had a reportable result.  
Sample IM results (confirmed positive/negative or unevaluable) during treatment with study 
drug (treatment or placebo) will be listed by treatment, time point and dose.   
Subject IM results will be listed by treatment and dose for all evaluable patients, which will 
include but may not be limited to: subject IM status (positive, negative or unknown), the study 
day associated with the first positive IM status (Tfirst, i.e., onset of ADA development) and the 
last positive IM status observed (Tlast). 
The overall treatment and post-treatment evaluation period, as well as subject IM incidence and 
incidence rate, will be determined and appropriately summarized by treatment, as the total 
number of and percentage of evaluated subjects with IM negative, positive, and unknown status.  
Furthermore, onset, titer overtime, and peak titer of the ADA response, if applicable, will be 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 66 of 68 
 
also appropriately summarized (using descriptive statistics)  as median, quartiles (25% and 
75%), and range and presented graphically (eg, summarized at each evaluated study time point 
and overall; summarized by observed peak titer values from the individual IM positive 
subjects).   
 
PK endpoints (Cmax and AUC0-tau) will be stratified by IM status of subject (i.e., IM positive, 
negative, unknown) from the rich PK group and Ctrough values will also be stratified by IM status 
using data from both rich and sparse PK groups.  
In addition to PK assessments, key efficacy and safety assessments may also be further 
stratified by IM status of subjects and presented in tables and/or graphically. 
10.3. 
 Treatment Compliance 
The study drug compliance will be evaluated according to volume of injections during treatment 
period: [total volume injected during exposure period /total volume planned study drug 
injections during exposure period] × 100. Subjects with a compliance rate between 80% and 
100% are considered as compliant with study drug during their participation in the study.  
Proportion of subjects considered as compliant with study drug will be summarized. 
10.4. 
Concomitant and Other Medications 
Concomitant medications and rescuer medications (such as TCS, TCI, crisaborole or 
phototherapy) will be coded using the most recent version of WHODD available in EDC at the 
time of analysis. Medication will be summarized by ATC level 2, level 3, and preferred name in 
frequency tables. 
All concomitant medications taken since screening until the end of the study will be listed by 
treatment and subject.   
10.5. 
Laboratory Data 
Baseline and post-baseline clinical laboratory data (hematology, biochemistry, and urinalysis) 
will be obtained at the visits designated on the protocol Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 in the 
protocol). 
Descriptive statistics (number of subjects, mean, SD, median, minimum and maximum) will be 
presented for laboratory data as well as change from baseline by treatment and visit. In addition, 
values outside the respective normal range will be listed.   
Anaphylactic events will be assessed by the Investigator based on guidance given in the 
protocol; Injection site reactions will be assessed according to the CTCAE v4.03. The number 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 67 of 68 
 
and percentage of subjects reporting at least one occurrence of anaphylactic event will be 
summarized.  
For quantitative laboratory measurements descriptive statistics will be used to summarize 
results and change from baseline by treatment group and time point. 
The number of subjects with values normal range and outside the respective normal range   will 
be tabulated by treatment group. Shift in laboratory test relative to normal ranges from baseline 
will also be tabulated. Line Plots and bar charts will be presented. 
All laboratory data will be listed by treatment and subject. 
If any laboratory value falls above or below the upper or lower level of quantification, the value 
of the upper or lower level of quantification will be taken (e.g. <0.2 will become 0.2) for 
summaries but left as recorded in the listing. 
10.6. 
Vital Signs 
Vital sign measurements (i.e., systolic and diastolic blood pressure [mmHg], pulse rate [beats 
per minute], respiratory rate [breaths per minute], oral or tympanic temperature [degrees in 
Celsius]) will be obtained at the visits designated on the protocol Schedule of Assessments 
(Table 2 in the protocol) by standard methods. Blood pressure and pulse rate will be measured 
after the subject has been supine for 5 minutes. Height [cm], weight [kg] and BMI (kg/m2) will 
also be recorded at Screening Visit.  
Descriptive statistics (number of subjects, mean, SD, median, minimum and maximum) will be 
used to summarize vital sign results and changes from baseline by treatment group and time. All 
vital sign data will be displayed in listings.  
Shift tables will present changes from baseline (categorized as normal; abnormal) to end-of-
treatment. The shift tables will be done only for SBP and DBP. The groups for SBP will be 
Normal < 140, Abnormal ≥140 and DBP will be Normal < 90, Abnormal ≥90.  
All vital sign data will be listed by treatment and subject. 
10.7. 
Electrocardiogram 
Baseline and post-baseline electrocardiograms (12-lead ECG) will be obtained at the visits 
designated on the protocol Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 in the protocol). Subjects must be 
in a supine or recumbent position for a period of 5 minutes prior to the ECG.   
The parameters to be reported are heart rate, RR interval (RR), PR Interval, QRS duration, QT 
interval, and corrected QT (QTc) interval (QTcF and QTcB). The absolute values and the 
change from baseline for ECG parameters will be summarized. An outlier analysis of ECG 
results will be conducted. All ECG variables will be presented by visit.  
Descriptive statistics for ECG parameters and changes from baseline will be presented by 
treatment group.  
Shift tables will present changes from baseline in ECG interpretation (categorized as normal; 
abnormal) to end-of-treatment.  
All ECG data will be listed by treatment and subject. 

Version 6.0 
Date: 21-Sep-2021 
Statistical Analysis Plan  
Protocol Number: GBR 830-204  
 
Ichnos Sciences  
    Confidential  
   Page 68 of 68 
 
10.8. 
Physical Examination 
Baseline and post-baseline physical examinations will be performed at the visits designated on 
the protocol Schedule of Assessments (Table 2 in the protocol). A comprehensive physical 
examination will include HEENT, cardiovascular system, respiratory system, musculoskeletal 
system, skin (non-atopic dermatitis related), gastrointestinal system, genitourinary system, and 
brief neurological examination. Urogenital and anorectal exams are optional. Sign/symptom-
directed examination might be performed as per the Investigator’s discretion. 
Descriptive statistics (frequency and percentage) will be used to summarize physical 
examination results by body system, treatment group and visit.  
All physical examination data will be listed by treatment and subject. 
11. 
REFERENCES 
1. Roderick J. A. Little, Donald B. Rubin - Statistical Analysis with Missing Data, 3rd Ed.-
John Wiley & Sons (2019). 
12. 
APPENDICES 
The details on data display specifications and shells for Tables, Listings and Figures (TLFs) are 
presented in separate document titled ‘Table, Listing, Figure (TLF Shell)’.